WO2021088963A1 - 信息的确定方法及装置、对应关系的确定方法及装置、设备、介质 - Google Patents

信息的确定方法及装置、对应关系的确定方法及装置、设备、介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021088963A1
WO2021088963A1 PCT/CN2020/127023 CN2020127023W WO2021088963A1 WO 2021088963 A1 WO2021088963 A1 WO 2021088963A1 CN 2020127023 W CN2020127023 W CN 2020127023W WO 2021088963 A1 WO2021088963 A1 WO 2021088963A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
coreset
frequency domain
reference signal
domain bandwidth
group
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2020/127023
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
张淑娟
鲁照华
王建伟
高波
蒋创新
何震
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
ZTE Corp
Original Assignee
ZTE Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ZTE Corp filed Critical ZTE Corp
Priority to KR1020227019048A priority Critical patent/KR102935030B1/ko
Priority to AU2020378138A priority patent/AU2020378138B2/en
Priority to US17/775,234 priority patent/US12294546B2/en
Priority to EP20883787.2A priority patent/EP4057672A4/en
Publication of WO2021088963A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021088963A1/zh
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to US19/197,394 priority patent/US20250260545A1/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0686—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0695—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission using beam selection
    • H04B7/06952—Selecting one or more beams from a plurality of beams, e.g. beam training, management or sweeping
    • H04B7/06964—Re-selection of one or more beams after beam failure
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0686—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0695—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission using beam selection
    • H04B7/06952—Selecting one or more beams from a plurality of beams, e.g. beam training, management or sweeping
    • H04B7/06968—Selecting one or more beams from a plurality of beams, e.g. beam training, management or sweeping using quasi-colocation [QCL] between signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H04L5/0051—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of dedicated pilots, i.e. pilots destined for a single user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/04—Arrangements for maintaining operational condition
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/046—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being in the space domain, e.g. beams
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1273—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of downlink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/231—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the layers above the physical layer, e.g. RRC or MAC-CE signalling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT
    • H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of wireless communication, for example, it relates to a method and device for determining information, a method and device for determining corresponding relationships, equipment, and media.
  • the 5th Generation mobile communication system the 5th Generation mobile communication system, 5G
  • Beam failure recovery can help the base station or user adjust the current failed beam to an available beam based on the beam measurement results, thereby avoiding frequent wireless link failures caused by beam misalignment.
  • the beam failure recovery process is defined in NR (New Radio), but only when the number of CORESET (Control Resource Set) is relatively small, when the number of CORESET or the frequency domain to be detected When the bandwidth is large, how to quickly perform beam failure recovery while reducing the complexity of terminal detection and improving the robustness of the link is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • NR New Radio
  • the number of wireless link detection reference signals that can be detected by the terminal is limited. How to ensure the complexity of terminal detection while performing effective wireless link detection is also an urgent problem to be solved.
  • This application provides a method and device for determining information, a method and device, equipment, and medium for determining corresponding relationships, so as to solve how to reduce the complexity of terminal detection while reducing the complexity of terminal detection when the number of CORESET or the frequency domain bandwidth is large. Perform beam failure recovery and improve the robustness of the link, and solve the problem of how to perform effective wireless link detection while ensuring the complexity of terminal detection.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining information, including:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: time domain parameters of the search space, CORESET group, CORESET collection, number of CORESET, number of frequency domain bandwidth, frequency domain bandwidth group, PUCCH resource group, first type beam failure Recovery parameters, signaling information, and predetermined rules;
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: second type beam failure recovery parameters, radio link reference signals, frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, downlink channels or signals
  • second type beam failure recovery parameters radio link reference signals
  • frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling
  • PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling downlink channels or signals
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a method for determining the corresponding relationship, including:
  • the first correspondence includes at least one of the following: the correspondence between N pieces of third information and M sets of beam failure recovery parameters; the correspondence between the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group ;
  • the N and M are positive integers greater than or equal to 1, and the third information includes at least one of the following information: a CORESET group and a frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a device for determining information, including:
  • An information determining module configured to determine the second information according to the first information
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: time domain parameters of the search space, CORESET group, CORESET collection, number of CORESET, number of frequency domain bandwidth, frequency domain bandwidth group, PUCCH resource group, first type beam failure Recovery parameters, signaling information, and predetermined rules;
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: second type beam failure recovery parameters, radio link reference signals, frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, downlink channels or signals
  • second type beam failure recovery parameters radio link reference signals
  • frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling
  • PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling downlink channels or signals
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a device for determining a correspondence relationship, including:
  • the correspondence relationship determination module is configured to determine the first correspondence relationship according to signaling information and/or predetermined rules
  • the first correspondence includes at least one of the following: the correspondence between N pieces of third information and M sets of beam failure recovery parameters; the correspondence between the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group ;
  • the N and M are positive integers greater than or equal to 1, and the third information includes at least one of the following information: a CORESET group and a frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including: one or more processors; a memory, used to store one or more programs; when the one or more programs are executed by the one or more processors , So that the one or more processors implement the method for determining information as described in any embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium, the storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is executed by a processor to implement the method for determining information as described in any embodiment of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including: one or more processors; a memory, configured to store one or more programs; when the one or more programs are executed by the one or more processors , So that the one or more processors implement the method for determining the correspondence relationship as described in any embodiment of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a storage medium, where the storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program, when executed by a processor, implements the method for determining the correspondence relationship as described in any embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining information provided by this application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of comparison of a search space provided by this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a corresponding relationship provided by the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a device for determining information provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for determining correspondence provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • the A value refers to one or more of the following: the maximum number of reference signals included in the beam failure detection reference signal set; the maximum number of reference signals included in the wireless link detection reference signal set The number; the A value is the maximum number of a predetermined type of reference signal, where the one predetermined type of reference signal is used for beam failure detection and/or for wireless link detection.
  • the value of A is equal to 2, or the value of A is determined according to the number of CORESET groups. The greater the number of CORESET groups, the greater the value of A. For example, when a CORESET group is stored, the value of A is 2, and when it is stored 2 In the case of a CORESET group, the A value is 4.
  • the number A of wireless link detection reference signals is N RLM in Table 1
  • the maximum number A of predetermined reference signals is N LR-RLM in Table 1.
  • the value of A in Table 1 is based on The maximum number L max of SSB (Synchronization Signal physical broadcast channel block) is determined.
  • SSB Synchronization Signal physical broadcast channel block
  • the quasi-co-location reference signal associated with the predetermined quasi-co-location parameter of the CORESET includes the DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal) of the PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) in the CORESET, demodulation reference signal. Signal) a quasi co-location reference signal that satisfies a quasi co-location relationship with respect to the predetermined quasi co-location parameter.
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the acquisition of information a according to information b includes one of the following: the acquisition parameters of information a include information b, and information a is information b.
  • the association between two pieces of information includes at least one of the following: obtaining another piece of information according to one piece of information; having a corresponding relationship between the two pieces of information; determining the value range of the other piece of information according to the value of one piece of information ; Some combinations of the two messages cannot appear at the same time.
  • CC Component Carrier, component carrier
  • serving cell serving cell
  • the beam failure detection reference signal of CC1 is located in CC1, and may also be located in other CCs. Unless otherwise stated, in the following description, the beam failure detection reference signal is a CC beam failure detection reference signal.
  • the candidate reference signal of one CC can be located in this CC or in other CCs.
  • the candidate reference signal is a CC candidate reference signal.
  • the activation or update signaling of the TCI (Transmission Configuration Indication) state identifier (state-Identifier, state-ID) of the PDSCH can also be referred to as It is the activation or update signaling of the bit field value codepoint and the TCI state-ID mapping table in the TCI indicator field in DCI (Downlink Control Information).
  • the TCI state-ID of the PDSCH is based on the DCI that schedules the PDSCH.
  • the codepoint value indicated by the TCI field is determined by the mapping table.
  • high-level signaling includes signaling other than the physical control channel, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) signaling, MAC-CE (Medium Access Control-Control Element, Media Access Control-Control Element) ) One or more of signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, radio resource control
  • MAC-CE Medium Access Control-Control Element, Media Access Control-Control Element
  • the reference signal and the reference signal set are equivalent, which means one or more reference signals, where the reference signal includes at least one of the following reference signals: beam failure detection reference signal, wireless link detection reference signal , The new reference signal.
  • the new reference signal may also be referred to as the reference signal selected in the candidate reference signal set.
  • the beam failure recovery process in this application includes one or more of the following processes:
  • the beam failure detection process is to determine whether a beam failure event occurs by detecting the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set.
  • the terminal records the beam failure moment once, and when the beam failure moment reaches a predetermined number of times, the terminal considers that a beam failure event has occurred.
  • the maximum interval between two consecutive beam failure moments cannot exceed the maximum duration of the beam failure detection timer.
  • the beam failure detection timer is started or restarted. If the beam failure time has not been detected when the beam failure detection timer ends, the accumulated value of the beam failure time is cleared.
  • Method one for sending beam failure request information If it is a special cell Spcell (Special cell), including the beam failure recovery process of the primary cell (Primary cell) and/or Primary SCG (Secondary Cell Group, secondary cell group) cell, send PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) sends beam failure request information.
  • the base station before sending the beam failure request information, the base station establishes the association relationship between the PRACH resource and the reference signal in the candidate reference signal set through the signaling information. After the base station receives the PRACH resource sent by the terminal, it can determine that the terminal is in the candidate reference signal. The selected reference signal in the signal set, that is, the new reference signal.
  • different reference signals in the candidate reference signal set correspond to different transmission beams
  • the new reference signal can be understood as a beam selected by the terminal among multiple transmission beams represented by the candidate reference signal set.
  • different PRACH resources are distinguished according to one or more of frequency domain resources, time domain resources, code domain resources, and space resources where the PRACH is located.
  • the space resources include spatial transmission filters, such as configuring spatial relationship information for PRACH,
  • the spatial relationship information includes the downlink reference signal or the uplink reference signal.
  • the PRACH spatial transmission filter is obtained according to the reception filter of the downlink reference signal configured in the spatial relationship information, or the PRACH spatial transmission filter is obtained according to the uplink configuration configured in the spatial relationship information.
  • the reference transmit filter is obtained.
  • Method two for sending beam failure request information If it is the beam failure recovery process of a secondary cell (Secondary cell, Scell), sending the beam failure request information is divided into two steps.
  • the terminal sends a resource request scheduling request (Scheduling Request). , SR) information, where this resource request SR is an SR specifically configured for beam failure recovery of Scell (hereinafter referred to as beam failure recovery SR).
  • SR resource request scheduling request
  • the SR does not carry new reference signal information and/or the failed Scell
  • the index information only tells the base station that Scell has beam failure.
  • the base station allocates PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) to the terminal.
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the terminal In the second step, the terminal carries the new PUSCH in the PUSCH. Reference signal information and/or failed Scell index information.
  • the information of the first step/or the information of the second step is sent on the Pcell, or sent in the Scell that can send the uplink channel.
  • one or more of the Scells in PUSCH can be sent in this Scell, and the above-mentioned beam failure request message can be sent.
  • Method one or method two the PRACH can be on the Scell where the beam fails, or the correspondence between the PUCCH resource in the Scell and the reference signal in the candidate reference signal set can be established, and the beam failure request can be sent by sending the PUCCH resource information.
  • the beam failure request information transmission method 1 is adopted, the downlink control channel is detected in the beam failure recovery CORESET in the failed cell, and the beam failure request information is considered to be transmitted successfully, and the beam failure request information is stopped. If the second method of sending beam failure request information is adopted, after the terminal sends the PUSCH in the second step, if it receives the same process as the PUSCH and instructs the terminal to send new data scheduling, it is considered that the information in the second step is successfully sent, that is Received the beam failure response message sent by the base station.
  • the determination rule of the quasi co-located reference signal of the predetermined downlink channel or signal is predetermined.
  • the quasi-co-location reference signal of the demodulation reference signal of the PDCCH in the CORESET associated with the beam failure recovery search space is determined according to the new reference signal indication reported in the beam failure request information, and the beam failure recovery search space is the demodulation of the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH in the PDCCH search space.
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the reference signal is also obtained according to the new reference signal reported in the beam failure request information.
  • the spatial transmission filter information determination rule of the predetermined uplink channel is determined. For example, the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH in the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is determined according to the spatial transmission filter of the channel or signal containing the beam failure request information, or the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH in the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is determined according to the new reference signal information. If the beam failure request information is sent on the Scell by sending the PUCCH, the sending spatial filter of the PUCCH is determined according to the new reference signal indication information.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining information provided by this application.
  • This method can be suitable for beam failure recovery when the number of CORESET is large or the frequency domain bandwidth is large.
  • the method can be executed by the device for determining the information provided in this application, and the device for determining the information can be implemented by software and/or hardware, and integrated into a communication device, such as a UE (User Equipment, user terminal).
  • UE User Equipment
  • a method for determining information provided by this application includes:
  • S120 Determine second information according to the first information.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: time domain parameters of the search space, CORESET group, CORESET collection, number of CORESET, number of frequency domain bandwidth, frequency domain bandwidth group, PUCCH resource group, first type beam failure recovery parameter , Signaling information, and predetermined rules.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: second type beam failure recovery parameters, radio link reference signals, frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, downlink channels or signals
  • second type beam failure recovery parameters radio link reference signals
  • frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling
  • PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling downlink channels or signals
  • a CORESET group includes one or more CORESETs in the frequency domain bandwidth, and a frequency domain bandwidth includes one of the following: serving cell, carrier, BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth part), one PRB (Physical Resource Block, physical resource block) collection.
  • a PRB set includes continuous PRBs or non-continuous PRBs.
  • the CORESET in a CORESET group can be configured to include the same identification information, where the identification information can be understood as the identification or other names of the CORESET group.
  • the quasi co-location reference signals associated with the predetermined quasi co-location parameters of the CORESET included in one CORESET set are the same, or the CORESET in the one CORESET set satisfies the quasi co-location relationship with respect to the predetermined quasi co-location parameters.
  • the quasi co-location reference signals associated with the predetermined quasi co-location parameters of the CORESET in different CORESET sets are different, or the CORESET in different CORESET sets does not satisfy the quasi co-location relationship with respect to the predetermined quasi co-location parameters.
  • the predetermined quasi co-location parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: spatial reception parameter (Spatial Rx parameter), Doppler shift (Doppler shift), Doppler spread (Doppler spread), average delay (average delay), delay spread (delay spread), average gain (average gain).
  • spatial reception parameter Spatial Rx parameter
  • Doppler shift Doppler shift
  • Doppler spread Doppler spread
  • average delay average delay
  • delay spread delay spread
  • average gain average gain
  • the CORESET set satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the CORESET in the same CORESET set meets the quasi-co-location relationship with respect to the predetermined quasi-co-location parameters; the quasi-co-location reference signals of the associated predetermined quasi-co-location parameters of the CORESET in the same CORESET set are the same; the CORESET in different CORESET sets is about the predetermined quasi-co-location The parameters do not satisfy the quasi-co-location relationship; the quasi-co-location reference signals of the associated predetermined quasi-co-location parameters of CORESET in different CORESET sets are different.
  • the beam failure recovery parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the uplink channel includes PUCCH, where the PUCCH satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the PUCCH belongs to one PUCCH group; the PUCCH is associated with a predetermined CORESET group; the PUCCH includes PUCCHs belonging to different PUCCH groups.
  • the time domain parameters of the search space include at least one of the following:
  • determining the second information according to the first information includes:
  • the first type of CORESET includes one or more CORESETs, or the first type of CORESET includes a CORESET with a frequency domain bandwidth, or the number of CORESETs included in the first type of CORESET is less than or equal to that included in a frequency domain bandwidth The number of CORESET.
  • the first type CORESET is used to determine the second information.
  • the CORESET that does not belong to the first type of CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth is not used to determine the second information, for example, it is not used to determine the beam failure detection reference signal, and the quasi co-located reference signal is not obtained according to the new reference signal.
  • the second information includes a reference signal set, wherein the reference signal set includes at least one of the following reference signal sets:
  • a beam failure detection reference signal set ; a wireless link detection reference signal set; a new reference signal set; wherein the reference signal set includes at most A reference signals, and the A is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the value of A is associated with at least one of the following information: the number of CORESET groups; the number of CORESETs; the reported capability information; the number of frequency domain bandwidth groups; the maximum number of SSBs.
  • the capability information may be capability information for processing the reference signal set reported by the terminal, for example, may be the maximum number of reference signals that can be included in the reference signal set reported by the terminal.
  • the determining the second information according to the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the second information is determined according to the first information; in the case where the number of frequency domain bandwidths configured with the second information is greater than the second predetermined value Determining the second information according to the first information; determining the second information according to the first information in the case that the total number of reference signals of the first type in the frequency domain bandwidth group is greater than a third predetermined value; In a predetermined period of time, when the total number of the first-type reference signals in the frequency domain bandwidth group is greater than a fourth predetermined value, the second information is determined according to the first information; wherein, the The first type of reference signal includes at least one of the following: a beam failure detection reference signal, a wireless link detection reference signal, and a new reference signal.
  • Each frequency domain bandwidth in the above frequency domain bandwidth group is configured with second information. It can also be referred to as the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the implementation of determining the first type of CORESET according to the first information includes one of the following:
  • the first type of CORESET is determined according to the CORESET in the target CORESET group; the first type of CORESET is formed by one CORESET selected in each CORESET group.
  • the CORESET group index is incremented, and then the CORESET priority level in the CORESET group is determined in the descending order of CORESET as the first type of CORESET, for example, in this order in a frequency domain bandwidth Select the first type of CORESET in the CORESET.
  • the first type of CORESET is determined according to the time domain parameters of the search space associated with the CORESET.
  • the first type of CORESET is determined according to the CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth in a frequency domain bandwidth group; the third method in the following application embodiment 4 can be referred to.
  • the first type of CORESET is determined according to the CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth whose frequency domain bandwidth index in a frequency domain bandwidth group satisfies predetermined characteristics; the third method in the following application embodiment 4 can be referred to.
  • the first type of CORESET is determined according to the CORESET in the frequency domain bandwidth whose frequency domain bandwidth index satisfies the predetermined characteristic; the description in the following application embodiment 4 may be referred to.
  • the first type of CORESET is determined according to the beam failure detection reference signal; the description of the solution 7 and the solution 11 in the following application embodiment 6 can be referred to.
  • the first type of CORESET is obtained according to the CORESET corresponding to the new reference signal, wherein the correspondence between the new reference signal and the CORESET is obtained according to the signaling information; the solution 13 in the following application embodiment 6 can be referred to In the description.
  • the first type of CORESET is determined according to whether the frequency domain bandwidth is the main frequency domain bandwidth. Please refer to the description in Scheme 14 in Application Example 6 below.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth satisfying the predetermined characteristic in the frequency domain bandwidth group may be There is only one, for example, the frequency domain bandwidth with the lowest (or highest) frequency domain bandwidth index in this frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group here is referred to as the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group, and is different from the above-mentioned first type of frequency domain bandwidth group. In this frequency domain bandwidth group, not every frequency domain bandwidth is configured with second information.
  • the above-mentioned determination of the first type of CORESET can also become the selection of the first type of CORESET.
  • the target CORESET group satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the target CORESET group has the highest priority among the CORESET groups; the CORESET group index of the target CORESET group satisfies a predetermined characteristic; wherein, the CORESET group index satisfies the predetermined characteristic may be that the CORESET group index is the highest, or the CORESET group index The group index is the lowest; the target CORESET group includes the CORESET whose time domain parameters of the associated search space meet the predetermined characteristics; the target CORESET group is obtained according to the received signaling information, for example, the signaling information includes The CORESET group index of the first type of CORESET; the number of CORESET included in the target CORESET group is the largest in each CORESET group; the number of CORESET sets included in the target CORESET group is the largest in each CORESET group; the target The CORESET group includes CORESETs whose CORESET index meets predetermined characteristics, for example, the CORESET group includes the CORESET with the lowest CORESET index; the number of CORESETs whose
  • the CORESET group is the most; the number of CORESET sets whose time-domain parameters of the associated search space included in the target CORESET group meet the predetermined characteristics is the most in each CORESET group; the number of CORESET groups in the target CORESET group is 1.
  • the time domain parameters of the aforementioned search space satisfying predetermined characteristics may be that the period of the search space is the shortest, the search space has the most detection opportunities in one time slot, and the detection time of the search space in one cycle At most, the number of time slots lasting for one detection opportunity of the search space is the largest, and so on.
  • the target CORESET group is determined according to at least one of the following information:
  • CORESET group index the time domain parameters of the search space associated with CORESET included in the CORESET group; the number of CORESET included in the CORESET group; the number of CORESET collections included in the CORESET group; the index of the CORESET included in the CORESET group.
  • the beam failure recovery parameter as the beam failure detection reference signal set as an example for explanation.
  • the co-location relationship, where the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set may be configured or acquired in an implicit manner.
  • the method of obtaining according to the implicit method includes obtaining the beam failure detection reference signal set according to the quasi-co-location reference signal associated with the predetermined quasi-co-location parameter of CORESET in a CORESET group. For example, there are a total of 5 CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the 5 CORESETs are divided into two groups.
  • CORESET group 1 includes ⁇ CORESET1, CORESET2, CORESET4 ⁇
  • CORESET group 2 includes ⁇ CORESET3, CORESET5 ⁇
  • the beam failure detection reference signal set can only include 2 reference signals. For this reason, it can be specified that the terminal is determined according to the CORESET in a CORESET group, and at this time, only the link performance of the CORESET in a CORESET group is detected.
  • the link performance in the CORESET group is relatively poor (for example, when the beam failure moment reaches a predetermined number of times), it is considered that a beam failure event has occurred, and the CORESET group of the above-mentioned determined beam failure detection reference signal set is the target CORESET group.
  • the target CORESET group satisfies at least one of the following characteristics: a predetermined CORESET group, a main CORESET group, the CORESET group with the lowest CORESET group index, a CORESET group configured by the base station through signaling information, the CORESET with the largest number of CORESETs, and the CORESET.
  • the CORESET group with the largest number of CORESET sets and high priority included in the group, wherein the priority of the CORESET group is determined according to the time domain parameters of the CORESET associated search space in the CORESET group.
  • the first type of CORESET is formed by one CORESET selected in each CORESET group
  • CORESET is selected
  • One CORESET can be selected in each CORESET group.
  • the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set there is a corresponding relationship with more than one CORESET group.
  • the CORESET in the CORESET group can be sorted by priority, first keep the CORESET level in the CORESET group unchanged, the CORESET group increases, and then the CORESET level in the CORESET group decreases Select CORESET in the sequence of selecting CORESET, that is, select CORESET in the CORETSET group in turn, and then determine the beam failure detection reference signal according to the selected CORESET.
  • the higher the level of CORESET the higher the priority of the CORESET selected as the first CORESET.
  • CORESET group 1 includes ⁇ CORESET1, CORESET2, CORESET4 ⁇
  • CORESET group 2 includes ⁇ CORESET3, CORESET5 ⁇ .
  • the CORESET priorities in the above CORESET group are arranged in the order described above. Decrease, if A is equal to 2, the last selected CORESET is ⁇ CORESET1, CORESET3 ⁇ , that is, one CORESET is selected in the two CORESET groups.
  • the last selected CORESET is ⁇ CORESET1, CORESET3, CORESET2 ⁇ , that is, CORESET1 in CORESET group 1 is selected first, then CORESET3 in CORESET group 2 is selected first, and then CORESET2 in CORESET group 1 is selected.
  • the beam failure detection reference signal in the set has a corresponding relationship with more than one CORESET group.
  • the CORESET in the CORESET group can be sorted by priority, and the CORESET group index is kept unchanged (that is, the level of the CORESET group remains unchanged), and the CORESET group is in the CORESET group.
  • CORESET decreases in sequence, and then CORESET is selected in the order of increasing CORESET group index, that is, after selecting in one CORESET group, selecting in the next group, and then determining the beam failure detection reference signal according to the selected CORESET.
  • the above is the order of increasing the index of the CORESET group, or the order of decreasing the index of the CORESET group.
  • the CORESET belonging to one CORESET set corresponds to the same level, that is, only one CORESET in one CORESET set is selected to be included in the first type of CORESET.
  • the beam failure detection reference signal set can be determined according to the priority of CORESET. When there is more than one CORESET group, it can be based on the reference signal and the number of reference signals in the beam failure detection reference signal set mentioned above. There is a corresponding relationship between the CORESET groups to determine the beam failure detection reference signal set, and the beam failure detection reference signal can also be determined according to the corresponding relationship between the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set and a CORESET group. set.
  • the number B of reference signals actually included in the beam failure detection reference signal set is determined according to the number of CORESET groups, for example, the more CORESET groups, the maximum number of reference signals included in the beam failure detection reference signal set A value and/or The number B of reference signals actually included is larger.
  • a BWP can be configured with 5 CORESETs at most, but there are only 2 detection reference signals for beam recovery or wireless link detection reference signals.
  • the above technical solution shows how to determine the reference signal to be detected among these 5 CORESETs.
  • Program the reference signal set may also be determined according to the number of CORESET, where the reference signal set includes at least one of the following: a beam failure detection reference signal set, and a wireless link detection reference signal set. You can refer to the method described in Application Example 2 below.
  • the reference signal set is determined according to the number of CORESET sets, where the reference signal set includes at least one of the following: a beam failure detection reference signal set, and a wireless link detection reference signal.
  • the following takes the beam failure detection reference signal set as an example to describe. You can refer to the method described in Application Example 3 below.
  • the determining the first type of CORESET according to the first information includes:
  • the first type of CORESET is determined in the CORESET included in a frequency domain bandwidth according to the time domain parameters of the search space associated with CORESET, or the first type of CORESET is determined in the CORESET included in a CORESET group according to the time domain parameters of the search space associated with CORESET.
  • One type of CORESET is determined in the CORESET included in a frequency domain bandwidth according to the time domain parameters of the search space associated with CORESET, or the first type of CORESET is determined in the CORESET included in a CORESET group according to the time domain parameters of the search space associated with CORESET.
  • the time domain parameters of the search space include at least one of the following:
  • the first type of CORESET includes A CORESETs, and A search spaces associated with the A CORESETs satisfy one of the following characteristics:
  • a search space with the shortest period for example, there are 5 CORESETs in a BWP, and the final selection of 2 CORESETs is among the two CORESETs with the shortest associated search space period among the 5 CORESETs.
  • the two search spaces with the shortest period may not be absolutely smallest, because the shortest and the next shortest of a CORESET correlation period should be considered.
  • the shortest here is regarded as the CORESET level.
  • a search space with the most detection opportunities in a time slot A search space with the most detection opportunities in a time slot.
  • a search space with the largest number of slots for which a detection opportunity lasts is provided.
  • the first type of CORESET includes at most A CORESETs, or the first type of CORESET includes at most A CORESET sets, and the A is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the time domain density is determined according to one of the following information:
  • the first quotient value wherein the first quotient value is equal to the quotient of the first product and the period of the search space, and the first product is equal to the number of detection occasions in the search space in one time slot and the duration of one detection occasion in the search space
  • the first type of CORESET may be selected from CORESETs in a predetermined frequency domain bandwidth in a frequency domain bandwidth group, or selected from CORESETs in a frequency domain bandwidth whose frequency domain bandwidth index satisfies predetermined characteristics.
  • the first type of CORESET Refer to the description in Application Example 4 below.
  • the first type of CORESET may also be determined according to the CORESET corresponding to the new reference signal, wherein the correspondence between the new reference information and the CORESET is obtained according to signaling information. Please refer to the description in Scheme 13 in Application Example 6 below.
  • the first type of CORESET may also be determined according to whether the frequency domain bandwidth is the main frequency domain bandwidth. You can refer to the method described in Scheme 14 in Application Example 6 below.
  • the determining the second information according to the first information includes the following At least one of:
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal in the second frequency domain bandwidth is obtained according to the second reference signal, wherein the second reference signal and the new reference signal of the first frequency domain bandwidth are There is a corresponding relationship between them, wherein the first frequency domain bandwidth and the second frequency domain bandwidth belong to the same frequency domain bandwidth group; starting from the second moment, the predetermined uplink channel and/or the second frequency domain bandwidth The signal spatial transmission filter is obtained according to the new reference signal of the first frequency domain bandwidth, wherein the first frequency domain bandwidth and the second frequency domain bandwidth belong to the same frequency domain bandwidth group; the third time Initially, the quasi co-located reference signal of the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal in each frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group is obtained according to a second reference signal, wherein the second reference signal and the first frequency domain bandwidth There is a corresponding relationship between the new reference signals in the frequency domain bandwidth group, the first frequency domain bandwidth is included in the frequency domain bandwidth group; starting from the fourth moment, the predetermined uplink channel
  • the CORESET index of the CORESET in the two frequency domain bandwidths is the same; according to the signaling information, it is determined that starting from the first moment, only the quasi co-located reference signal of the CORESET in the first frequency domain bandwidth is obtained according to the new reference signal, or whether In the frequency domain bandwidth group where the first frequency domain bandwidth is located, the quasi co-located reference signal of CORESET in each frequency domain bandwidth is based on the second reference signal.
  • the new reference signal is in the first frequency domain bandwidth; the second reference signal is in the second frequency domain bandwidth; the second reference signal is associated with a predetermined type of quasi co-located reference signal; the first 2.
  • the reference signal and the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal are in the same frequency domain bandwidth;
  • the transmission configuration indication state TCI state in which the second reference signal and the new reference signal are located has a fixed index difference; the second The index difference between the reference signal and the resource where the new reference signal is located is fixed;
  • the second reference signal is the new reference signal in the first frequency domain bandwidth; in the first frequency domain bandwidth and the predetermined downlink channel And/or when the signal is in the same serving cell, the second reference signal is a new reference signal in the first frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the predetermined downlink channel includes at least one of the following channels:
  • the first type of CORESET the downlink channel scheduled by the PDCCH in the first type of CORESET; wherein, the first type of CORESET is determined according to the first information.
  • the implementation of determining the first type of CORESET according to the first information includes one of the following:
  • the target CORESET group has the highest priority among the CORESET groups; the CORESET group index of the target CORESET group meets a predetermined characteristic; the time domain parameters of the associated search space in the target CORESET group meet the predetermined characteristic CORESET;
  • the target CORESET group is obtained according to the received signaling information; the number of CORESET included in the target CORESET group is the largest in each CORESET group; the number of CORESET sets included in the target CORESET group is the largest in each CORESET group;
  • the target CORESET group includes CORESETs whose CORESET index meets predetermined characteristics; the number of CORESETs whose time domain parameters of the associated search space included in the target CORESET group meets the predetermined characteristics is the largest in each CORESET group; the target CORESET group includes The number of CORESET sets whose time domain parameters of the associated search space meets the predetermined characteristics is the largest in each CORESET group; the number of CORESET groups in the target CORESET group is 1.
  • the determining the second information according to the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the first type of MAC-CE signaling is determined to be activated or updated according to a predetermined rule, where the predetermined rule includes that when the RRC signaling configures the frequency domain bandwidth group, the MAC-CE signaling
  • the corresponding frequency domain bandwidth includes the frequency domain bandwidth group where the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the frequency domain bandwidth index carried in the MAC-CE signaling is located, or includes the frequency domain bandwidth group; it is determined to activate or update the first Similar to the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling, the predetermined rule includes that when the RRC signaling does not configure a frequency domain bandwidth group, the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling includes the MAC-CE
  • the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the frequency domain bandwidth index carried in the signaling; the PUCCH corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling that activates or updates the PUCCH spatial relationship information is determined according to a predetermined rule, where the predetermined rule includes when the RRC signaling configures the PUCCH group In the case
  • the first type of MAC-CE includes one of the following: MAC-CE that activates or updates the TCI state ID of PDSCH; MAC-CE that activates or updates the TCI state ID of CORESET; PUCCH that activates or updates the PUCCH spatial relationship; activates or Update the PUCCH of the spatial relationship of the PUCCH resource group.
  • the division of the frequency domain bandwidth group is determined according to signaling information; a primary cell group MCG includes one or more frequency domain bandwidth groups; a secondary cell group SCG includes one or more frequency domain bandwidth groups
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group shares the high-level signaling to activate or update the TCI state ID of the PDSCH; the CORESET of the same CORESET index in the frequency domain bandwidth group shares the high-level signaling to activate or update the TCI state ID of the PDSCH;
  • the domain bandwidth group shares the high-level signaling for activating or updating the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH; the frequency domain bandwidth group shares the high-level signaling for activating or updating the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH resource group;
  • the frequency-domain bandwidth group includes a serving cell BWP, such as all BWPs in a serving cell.
  • the determining the second information according to the first information includes:
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the CORESET in the CORESET group is obtained according to the new reference signal corresponding to the CORESET group, where each new reference signal corresponds to a CORESET group and a new reference signal with a frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the reported information includes indication information of more than one new reference signal, and there is a corresponding relationship between the more than one new reference signal and the CORESET group.
  • the first information is the CORESET group
  • the second information is the CORESET for obtaining the quasi co-located reference signal according to the new reference signal.
  • Each new reference signal corresponds to a CORESET group, which means that different new reference signals correspond to different COREST groups.
  • the determining the second information according to the first information further includes:
  • the beam failure detection reference signal set in the above is the first type of beam failure recovery parameter; "The predetermined downlink channel and/or the quasi co-located reference signal are determined according to the new reference signal Signal; Determine the uplink channel or signal of the spatial transmission filter parameter according to the new reference signal; Determine the uplink channel or signal of the spatial transmission filter parameter according to the channel or signal containing the beam failure request information" is the second type of beam failure recovery parameter.
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal is updated according to the new reference signal; wherein, the predetermined downlink channel includes the third type of CORESET and the third type of CORESET scheduling Before the seventh time, the third type of CORESET and the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference set meet the quasi co-location relationship, or the beam failure detection reference signal is based on the The quasi co-location reference signal acquisition of CORESET is described.
  • one or more of the first time, the second time, the third time, the fourth time, the fifth time, the sixth time, and the seventh time This includes one of the following moments:
  • a beam failure recovery parameter is configured in the first frequency domain bandwidth, or the first frequency domain bandwidth is called a beam failure frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group where the first frequency domain bandwidth is located shares at least one of the following signaling information: sharing the TCI state of the PDSCH activates MAC-CE signaling, sharing the TCI state of the PDSCH configures RRC signaling, and sharing The TCI state of CORESET activates MAC-CE signaling and shares the TCI state of CORESET to configure RRC signaling.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group in which the first frequency domain bandwidth is located includes all BWPs in one CC.
  • the first method of sending beam failure request information When the first method of sending beam failure request information is adopted, it starts at a predetermined time after sending the beam failure request, and the determined quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET is determined according to the new reference signal; when the second method of sending beam failure request information is adopted At a predetermined time after receiving the response information including the beam failure request information sent in the second step, the determined quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET is determined according to the new reference signal.
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the CORESET When the quasi co-located reference signal of the CORESET is obtained based on the new reference signal, the quasi co-located reference signal of the PDSCH scheduled in the CORESET may also be obtained based on the new reference signal.
  • determining the first type of CORESET according to the first information includes:
  • the first type of CORESET is determined in the second type of CORESET, wherein one CORESET selected in each CORESET set constitutes the second type of CORESET, or a CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth constitutes the second type of CORESET.
  • determining the first type of CORESET in the second type of CORESET includes at least one of the following:
  • the first type of CORESET is determined based on the first information; in the case that the number of CORESETs in the second type of CORESET is greater than the A value, the first type of CORESET is determined based on the first information A type of CORESET; when the number of CORESETs in the second type of CORESET is less than or equal to the A value, the first type of CORESET includes the second type of CORESET.
  • the determining of the second information according to the first type of CORESET includes at least one of the following:
  • the spatial transmission filter of the uplink channel or signal is determined according to the channel and/or signal including the beam failure request information; according to the first type of CORESET, the CORESET that meets the quasi co-location relationship with the beam failure detection reference signal is determined; according to the first type of CORESET Determine the CORESET that meets the quasi co-location relationship with the wireless link detection reference signal.
  • n reference signals according to n quasi-co-located reference signals of the m quasi-co-located reference signals of a CORESET wherein the m quasi-co-located reference signals are all associated with spatial reception parameters, wherein the m and n are greater than Or a positive integer equal to 1; obtain the quasi co-located reference signals corresponding to q resource groups in the m resource groups of a CORESET according to p new reference signals, where p, q are positive integers greater than or equal to 1;
  • z resource groups and the reference signal satisfy a quasi co-location relationship, where z is a positive integer less than or equal to m.
  • the reference signal includes at least one of the following: a beam failure detection reference signal, a new reference signal, a wireless link detection reference signal, a CORESET associated m resource group, and each resource group corresponds to a quasi co-located reference signal set.
  • the determining the second information according to the first information further includes:
  • the number of sets of quasi co-location parameters of the downlink channel or signal is determined according to the signaling information, where the signaling information includes PDSCH scheme information, the downlink channel or signal and the PDCCH scheduling the downlink channel or signal.
  • the time interval is less than a predetermined value, and when the number of sets of quasi co-location parameters is greater than 1, different co-location parameters include the same type of quasi co-location parameters; and/or
  • the scheme range of the receivable PDSCH is determined according to the capability information reported by the communication node, where the capability information includes the number of sets of spatial reception parameters associated with channels or signals received at the same time, wherein the communication node includes communication for receiving the PDSCH node.
  • the above technical solutions provide a solution to the technical problem of how many default beams of the PDSCH should be, and how to realize the power saving of the terminal while meeting the system requirements. That is, the number of default beams is determined according to the scheme of the PDSCH.
  • the determining the second information according to the first information further includes:
  • the priority of the channel or signal where the beam failure request information is located is determined according to a predetermined rule, where the priority corresponding to the beam failure request information is the predetermined priority; the priority of the channel or signal where the beam failure request information is located is determined according to the signaling information.
  • the beam failure request information includes at least one of the following information: new reference information, a beam failure event has occurred on at least one frequency domain bandwidth; the channel where the beam failure request information is located includes PUCCH; the beam failure request information is located The channel includes SR-PUCCH; the priority of the channel where the beam failure request information is located is the first priority, and there are two priorities; the priority of the channel where the beam failure request information is located is the second priority, and there are three priorities level.
  • the above technical solution solves the priority selection between the SR-BFR and the two-level SR of the logical channel, and the multiplexing problem with HARQ-ACK.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining correspondence provided by this application. This method can be applied to the situation of beam failure recovery when the number of CORESET is large.
  • the method may be executed by the apparatus for determining the correspondence provided in the present application, and the apparatus for determining the correspondence may be implemented by software and/or hardware, and integrated into a communication device, such as a UE.
  • a method for determining correspondence includes:
  • S220 Determine the first correspondence relationship according to the signaling information and/or predetermined rules.
  • the first correspondence includes at least one of the following: the correspondence between N pieces of third information and M sets of beam failure recovery parameters; the correspondence between the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group Wherein, the N and M are positive integers greater than or equal to 1, and the third information includes at least one of the following information: CORESET group, frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • a correspondence relationship between the third information and the beam failure recovery parameter is established, where the third information includes one or more of the CORESET group and the frequency domain bandwidth group, and the beam failure recovery parameter is the beam failure recovery process One or more parameters configured in.
  • the beam failure recovery parameter includes at least one of the following parameters:
  • the correspondence between the N pieces of third information and M sets of beam failure recovery parameters includes at least one of the following:
  • the N third information values respectively correspond to N sets of beam failure recovery parameters; each of the N third information values corresponds to a set of beam failure recovery parameters.
  • the correspondence between the N pieces of third information and M sets of beam failure recovery parameters includes at least one of the following:
  • the N third information values correspond to a beam failure detection reference signal; each of the N third information values corresponds to a candidate reference signal set; among the N third information values, Each third information value corresponds to a new reference signal.
  • the new reference signal corresponding to the third information value is derived from the third information value Corresponding candidate reference signal set.
  • the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group satisfy one of the following characteristics:
  • the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group share the division signaling of the frequency domain bandwidth group; the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group correspond to the division signal of a frequency domain bandwidth group respectively Let; the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group is determined by the frequency domain bandwidth of the CORESET indexed by the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • one or more of the beam failure detection reference signal set and the wireless link detection reference signal set is determined according to the CORESET group.
  • the following describes the determination of the beam failure detection reference signal as an example, and the same method can be used to determine the wireless link detection reference signal.
  • the determining the beam failure detection reference signal according to the CORESET group includes one or more of the following solutions:
  • Solution 1 There is a correspondence between the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set and a CORESET group, such as the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set and the demodulation reference signal of the PDCCH in the CORESET in a CORESET group.
  • the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set can be configured or acquired according to an implicit method, and the acquisition according to the implicit method includes a predetermined quasi co-location parameter associated with CORESET in a CORESET group
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the quasi co-location reference signal obtains the beam failure detection reference signal set. For example, there are a total of 5 CORESETs in a frequency domain bandwidth.
  • CORESET group 1 includes ⁇ CORESET1, CORESET2, CORESET4 ⁇
  • CORESET group 2 includes ⁇ CORESET3, CORESET5 ⁇
  • the beam failure detection reference signal set can only include 2 reference signals. For this reason, it can be specified that the terminal is determined according to the CORESET in a CORESET group. At this time, only the link performance of the CORESET in the CORESET group is detected. When the link performance in the system is relatively poor (for example, when the beam failure time reaches a predetermined number of times), it is considered that a beam failure event has occurred.
  • the CORESET group (hereinafter referred to as the first CORESET group) of the above-mentioned determination of the beam failure detection reference signal set meets the following characteristics At least one of: the CORESET group is a predetermined CORESET group, the main CORESET group, the CORESET group with the lowest CORESET group index, a CORESET group configured by the base station through signaling information, including the CORESET with the largest number of CORESETs, the CORESET group includes The CORESET group with the largest number of CORESET sets and high priority, for example, the priority of the CORESET group is determined according to the time domain parameters of the CORESET associated search space in the CORESET group.
  • Solution 2 When the number of CORESETs included in the first CORESET group is less than the value A, or the number of CORESET groups included in the first CORESET group is less than the value A, one way is to include those included in the beam failure detection reference signal set The number of reference signals is less than the A value, and CORESET (that is, the first type of CORESET) is no longer selected. Another way is to continue to determine the reference signals included in the beam failure reference signal set according to the quasi-co-location reference signal associated with the predetermined quasi-co-location parameter of the CORESET in the second CORESET group.
  • the search space associated with the CORESET in the first CORESET group The time-domain parameters of, determine the priority of CORESET, and determine the beam failure detection reference signal set according to the high-priority CORESET or the high-priority A CORESET sets (that is, the first type of CORESET).
  • Solution 3 There is a correspondence between the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set and more than one CORESET group. For example, when CORESET is selected, CORESET in the CORESET group is sorted by priority to obtain the relative index of CORESET in the CORESET group. First keep the relative index of CORESET in the CORESET group unchanged (that is, the level of CORESET in the CORESET group remains unchanged), the CORESET group is incremented, and then select CORESET in the order of increasing relative index in the CORESET group, that is, choose CORESET in the CORETSET group in turn , Determine the beam failure detection reference signal according to the selected CORESET (that is, the first type of CORESET).
  • CORESET group 1 includes ⁇ CORESET1, CORESET2, CORESET4 ⁇
  • CORESET group 2 includes ⁇ CORESET3, CORESET5 ⁇ .
  • the CORESET priorities in the above CORESET group are arranged in the order described above. Decrease, if A is equal to 2, the last selected CORESET is ⁇ CORESET1, CORESET3 ⁇ , that is, one CORESET is selected in the two CORESET groups.
  • the last selected CORESET is ⁇ CORESET1, CORESET3, CORESET2 ⁇ , that is, CORESET1 in CORESET group 1 is selected first, then CORESET3 in CORESET group 2 is selected first, and then CORESET2 in CORESET group 1 is selected.
  • Solution 4 When there is only one CORESET group, the beam failure detection reference signal set is determined according to the priority of CORESET. When there is more than one CORESET group, the beam failure detection reference signal set is determined according to the above solution 1 or solution 2.
  • the number B of reference signals included in the beam failure detection reference signal set is determined according to the number of CORESET groups, for example, the more CORESET groups, the larger the A value and/or the B value.
  • the priority of the CORESET group or the priority of CORESET in the CORESET group is determined according to the time domain parameters of the search space, wherein the time domain parameters of the search space include at least one of the following: the period of the search space (each search space is independently configured, For example, it is determined by the monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset configured in the search space), the detection timing of the search space in a slot (monitoring occasion, each search space is independently configured, such as through monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot configuration), the search space is continuous between two cycles
  • the number of slots to be detected (each search space is configured independently, for example, by the duration configuration in the search space, that is, the number of slots that are continuously detected in a period, which can also be called a search space for an occasion continuous slot At this time, the occurrences with the same time domain symbols in consecutive slots are counted as one occurrence.
  • search Space 1 has 6 detection opportunities in a cycle, and 2 detection opportunities in each slot, or search space 1 in Figure 2 has 2 detection opportunities in a cycle, and the number of continuous slots for each detection opportunity is 3) .
  • the higher the priority of the CORESET/CORESET group where the search space is located it means one of the following: the shorter the period of the search space; the more detection opportunities of the search space in a slot; the number of slots continuously detected in the search space in a period The larger; the higher the detection time domain density of the search space.
  • the CORESET group with the highest priority includes the CORESET associated with the following search space, or the CORESET with the highest priority is associated with the following search space: the search space with the shortest period, the search space associated with the most detection opportunities in a slot, and a period includes The search space with the most detection opportunities, the search space with the highest detection time domain density of the search space, where the detection time domain density of the search space is obtained according to the time domain parameters of the search space, for example, the time domain density is the detection time in a slot Number*Number of consecutively detected slots duration/search space period, or time domain density is the number of detection opportunities in a slot/search space period. As shown in Figure 2, although the period of search space 1 is greater than the period of search space 2, the time domain density of search space 1 is greater than that of search space 2.
  • the priority of the CORESET group or CORESET is determined according to the CORESET group index or the CORESET index. For example, the larger (or smaller) the index of the CORESET group, the higher the priority of the CORSEET group, or the larger (or smaller) the index of CORESET, the higher the priority of the CORSEET group.
  • the temporal characteristics of the search space include the following One: the period of the search space; the monitoring occasion of the search space in a slot; the number of slots continuously detected in the search space in a period; the detection time domain density of the search space.
  • the priority of the CORESET group can also be obtained according to the CORESET index included in the CORESET group. For example, the CORESET group including the highest CORESET index is the highest priority CORESET group, or the CORESET group including the lowest CORESET index is the highest priority CORESET group.
  • the wireless link detection reference signal is determined according to the maximum number of SSB and/or the number of CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth, when the SSB
  • the first type of CORESET is determined according to the time domain parameters of the search space associated with CORESET and/or the CORESET group
  • the reference signal set is determined according to the first type of CORESET.
  • the first type of CORESET is determined according to the time domain parameters of the search space associated with CORESET and/or the CORESET group.
  • the reference signal set is determined according to the number of CORESET, where the reference signal set includes at least one of the following: a beam failure detection reference signal set, and a wireless link detection reference signal set.
  • the reference signal set includes at least one of the following: a beam failure detection reference signal set, and a wireless link detection reference signal set.
  • the following takes the beam failure detection reference signal set as an example to describe.
  • the beam failure detection reference signal set is acquired according to the quasi co-located reference signal of the associated space reception parameter of each CORESET in the frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the beam failure detection reference signal set is obtained according to the COREST group.
  • the acquiring the beam failure detection reference signal set according to the CORESET group includes applying the method described in Embodiment 1.
  • the quasi co-location reference signal of the associated spatial reception parameter of the CORESET includes the DMRS of the PDCCH in the CORESET and the quasi co-location reference signal satisfies a quasi co-location relationship with respect to the spatial reception parameter.
  • the reference signal set is determined according to the number of CORESET sets, where the reference signal set includes at least one of the following: a beam failure detection reference signal set, and a wireless link detection reference signal.
  • the reference signal set includes at least one of the following: a beam failure detection reference signal set, and a wireless link detection reference signal.
  • the following takes the beam failure detection reference signal set as an example to describe.
  • the beam failure detection reference signal set is obtained according to the COREST group.
  • the acquiring the beam failure detection reference signal set according to the CORESET group includes applying the method described in Embodiment 1.
  • the aforementioned acquisition of the reference signal set based on the CORESET set can also be referred to as selecting the first type of CORESET in the CORESET (or the CORESET included in a CORESET group) in a frequency domain bandwidth in the descending order of the priority of the CORESET, until the first CORESET is selected.
  • a CORESET is selected in the class CORESET, or the CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth is polled (or the CORESET included in a CORESET group is polled), and when a CORESET is encountered and the first type of CORESET has been selected If the quasi-co-location parameters of the predetermined category meet the quasi-co-location relationship, ignore this CORESET and continue the next CORESET selection.
  • the reference signal set is determined according to one or more of CC, CC group, and CORESET group.
  • the reference signal set includes at least one of the following reference signal sets: a beam failure detection reference signal set, and a radio link monitoring (Radio link monitoring) reference signal set.
  • the beam failure detection reference signal is described below as an example.
  • the beam failure detection is determined according to the CC index Reference signal, for example, the beam failure detection reference signal of 8 CCs needs to be detected in a period of time, but the terminal can detect the beam failure detection reference signal of 3 CCs in a period of time. For this reason, one or more of the following solutions can be used A reference signal for determining beam failure detection.
  • the first way is to select the beam failure detection reference signals of the 3 CCs with the lowest (or highest) CC index.
  • the second way is to select the beam failure detection reference signals of the CCs whose number of CORESET groups included meets the predetermined condition. If the number of beam failure detection reference signals of the CCs that meet the condition is still greater than the second predetermined value, then Determine the beam failure detection reference signal of one or more CCs according to the CC index and/or the CC group index.
  • the third method is to determine the beam failure detection reference signal according to the CC group.
  • a CC group only one CC is selected, that is, only one CC beam failure detection is performed in each CC group.
  • the beam failure detection signal is determined according to the CORESET in the CC.
  • the CC group shares the TCI state-ID MAC-CE signaling to activate or update the PDSCH.
  • the MAC-CE activates the same TCI state-ID set for each CC in the CC group.
  • the MAC-CE activates ⁇ TCI state 1, TCI state 3, TCI state 8, TCI state 12 ⁇ , then ⁇ TCI state 1, TCI state 3, TCI state 8, TCI state 12 ⁇ in each CC in the CC group is activated.
  • a TCI state list (list) is configured for each CC or each BWP of each CC, and the TCI state activated in each CC belongs to the TCI state list in the CC.
  • the CC group shares the TCI state-ID MAC-CE signaling that activates or updates CORESET.
  • the MAC-CE signaling activates the TCI state-1 for CORESET-1
  • each of the CC groups The CORESET-1 in the CC activates TCI state-1.
  • the TCI state-1 activated by the CORESET-1 in each CC belongs to the TCI state list configured by the RRC signaling in the CORESET-1 in the CC
  • the TCI state-1 with a relative index of 1, for example, the absolute index of the TCI state with a relative index of TCI state-1 can be other values, such as TCI state-8.
  • a frequency domain bandwidth group only one frequency domain bandwidth is configured with beam failure recovery parameters, and only one frequency domain bandwidth beam failure recovery process is performed.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group shares at least one of the following signaling information: sharing the TCI state of PDSCH activates MAC-CE signaling, sharing the TCI state of PDSCH configures RRC signaling, and sharing the TCI state of CORESET is activated MAC-CE signaling, sharing the TCI state of CORESET configures RRC signaling.
  • the CORESET (that is, the first type of CORESET is also the predetermined downlink channel) is determined according to the signaling information and/or predetermined rules to obtain the quasi-co-location reference signal or the quasi-co-location parameter according to the indication information of the new reference signal. ).
  • One or more of the following solutions may be used to determine CORESET for acquiring the quasi-co-location reference signal or quasi-co-location parameter according to the new reference signal indication information.
  • Solution 1 The quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET in the first CORESET group in the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is obtained according to the new reference signal indication information, and the quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET in the second CORESET group is not updated, where The first CORESET group is the CORESET group with the highest priority.
  • the priority of the CORESET group can adopt the above method, that is, the priority of the CORESET group is determined according to one or more of the following information: the time of the search space associated with the CORESET group Domain parameter, index of CORESET group, index of CORESET included in CORESET group.
  • the first CORESET group includes the CORESET group where the CORESET that meets the quasi co-location relationship with the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set is located.
  • Solution 2 The quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET in the first CORESET group in each frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group where the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is located is obtained according to the new reference signal indication information.
  • the group index of the first CORESET group in each frequency domain bandwidth and the first CORESET group in the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth are the same.
  • Solution 3 All the quasi co-located reference signals of CORESET in the frequency domain bandwidth of the beam failure are obtained according to the new reference signal indication information.
  • Solution 4 The quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET in all CORESET groups in each frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group where the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is located is obtained according to the new reference signal indication information.
  • Solution 5 The quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET in the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth and the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set satisfying the quasi co-location relationship is obtained according to the new reference signal indication information, and the frequency domain bandwidth neutralizes the The quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET whose beam failure detection reference signal does not satisfy the quasi co-location relationship is not updated.
  • the beam failure detection reference signal includes two reference signals: reference signal 1 and reference signal 2, and ⁇ CORESET3, CORESET1 ⁇ and reference signal 1 meet the quasi co-location relationship, ⁇ CORESET4 ⁇ and reference signal 2 meet the quasi co-location relationship, then the quasi co-location reference signal of ⁇ CORESET3, CORESET1, CORESET4 ⁇ is obtained according to the new reference signal indication information, and the quasi co-location reference signal of ⁇ CORESET2, CORESET5 ⁇ is not updated.
  • the quasi-co-location reference signal of CORESET that satisfies the quasi-co-location relationship in each frequency-domain bandwidth in the frequency-domain bandwidth group where the beam failure frequency-domain bandwidth is located and the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set is based on the new Reference signal indicates information acquisition.
  • the reference signal in each frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group and the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set meets the CORESET of the quasi co-location relationship with respect to the spatial reception parameters, and the quasi co-location reference signals of these CORESETs are based on the new Reference signal indicates information acquisition.
  • Solution 7 The quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET in the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth used to obtain the beam failure detection reference signal is obtained according to the new reference signal.
  • Solution 8 After the quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET(n) in the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is updated, the frequency domain bandwidth group where the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is located and the index of the CORESET(n) are the same for each CORESET The quasi-co-location reference signal is also updated, that is, the quasi-co-location reference signal of CORESET(n) in all frequency-domain bandwidths in the frequency-domain bandwidth group is updated.
  • the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is frequency domain bandwidth 1
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of CORESET(n) in frequency domain bandwidth 2 in the frequency domain bandwidth group is obtained according to the second reference signal in frequency domain bandwidth 2.
  • the TCI state ID where the second reference signal is located is the same as the TCI state ID where the new reference signal is located, or the second reference signal is the same as the new reference signal.
  • the resource indexes of the signals are the same, or the resource indexes differ by a predetermined value.
  • the quasi co-location reference signal of the associated space reception parameter of CORESET(n) in the frequency domain bandwidth 2 is the new reference signal, and the quasi co-location reference signal of the second type of quasi co-location parameter associated with CORESET(n) in the frequency domain bandwidth 2
  • the co-site reference signal is the second reference signal.
  • Solution 9 One or more CORESETs are selected in each CORESET group in the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth, and the quasi co-located reference signal of the selected CORESET is obtained according to the new reference signal.
  • Solution 10 In each frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group where the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is located, select one or more CORESET in each CORESET group in this frequency domain bandwidth, and the quasi co-location reference of the selected CORESET The signal is acquired according to the new reference signal.
  • Solution 11 According to the method of determining the beam failure detection reference signal, determine the CORESET using the new reference signal. For example, the beam failure detection reference signal only meets the quasi co-location relationship with the CORESET in a CORESET group, then the CORESET using the new reference signal also belongs to A CORESET group. The beam failure detection reference signal and the CORESET in more than one CORESET group meet the quasi co-location relationship, then the CORESET using the new reference signal comes from the more than one CORESET group, that is, the quasi co-location of the CORESET in more than one CORESET group The reference signal is obtained according to the new reference signal. Or the beam failure detection reference signal and the CORESET in more than one CORESET group satisfy the quasi co-location relationship, then the quasi co-location reference signals of all CORSETs in the frequency domain bandwidth are obtained according to the new reference signal.
  • a new reference signal with a beam frequency domain bandwidth includes more than one reference signal, and different new reference signals correspond to different CORESET groups, and the quasi co-located reference signal of CORESET in each CORESET group is based on the presence of the CORESET group The new reference signal of the corresponding relationship is acquired.
  • the combination of more than one new reference signal may be configured by the base station.
  • Solution 13 According to the signaling information and/or predetermined rules, establish the correspondence between the reference signal and CORESET in the candidate reference signal set.
  • One candidate reference signal can correspond to more than one CORESET, and different candidate reference signals can correspond to different CORESET.
  • the terminal selects a candidate reference signal as the new reference signal, the quasi co-located reference signal of CORESET corresponding to the new reference signal is obtained according to the new reference signal.
  • Solution 14 Determine whether the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is the primary frequency domain bandwidth (such as special cell) or the secondary frequency domain bandwidth (such as secondary cell) to determine the CORESET to obtain the quasi co-location relationship based on the new reference signal.
  • the primary frequency domain bandwidth is based on the new
  • the CORESET of the reference signal acquisition quasi co-location relationship includes the CORESET of the associated beam failure detection search space, where the beam failure detection search space is configured through high-level signaling.
  • the CORESET that obtains the quasi co-location relationship in the secondary frequency domain bandwidth according to the new reference signal includes the CORESET determined according to the above-mentioned schemes 1-13.
  • Which of the above-mentioned solutions is adopted may be signaled to the terminal, or predetermined by the base station and the terminal. Or the signaling information informs the terminal whether only the quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET in the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is obtained according to the new reference signal, or whether the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is located in the frequency domain bandwidth group, in each frequency domain bandwidth The quasi co-located reference signal of CORESET is obtained according to the new reference signal.
  • the beam failure recovery parameter is configured in the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group where the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is located shares at least one of the following signaling information: sharing the TCI state of the PDSCH activates MAC-CE signaling, and sharing the TCI state of the PDSCH configures RRC signaling , Sharing the TCI state of CORESET activates MAC-CE signaling, and sharing the TCI state of CORESET configures RRC signaling.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group in which the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth is located includes all BWPs in a CC.
  • the first method of sending beam failure request information When the first method of sending beam failure request information is adopted, it starts at a predetermined time after sending the beam failure request, and the determined quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET is determined according to the new reference signal; when the second method of sending beam failure request information is adopted At a predetermined time after receiving the response information including the beam failure request information sent in the second step, the determined quasi co-location reference signal of CORESET is determined according to the new reference signal.
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the CORESET When the quasi co-located reference signal of the CORESET is obtained based on the new reference signal, the quasi co-located reference signal of the PDSCH scheduled in the CORESET may also be obtained based on the new reference signal.
  • the PUCCH resource group and/or frequency domain bandwidth group determine the uplink channel and/or signal of the spatial transmission filter parameter obtained by the spatial transmission filter according to the transmission beam failure request information, or according to the PUCCH resource group and/or frequency domain bandwidth The group determines that the uplink channel and/or signal of the spatial transmission filter parameter is obtained according to the new reference signal.
  • the CORESET in the above scheme is replaced with PUCCH resource, and the above-mentioned quasi co-located reference signal associated with the predetermined quasi-co-located parameter is replaced with " Spatial transmission filter”, replace the above-mentioned new reference signal with "spatial transmission filter for sending beam failure request information", of course, the new reference signal can also be kept unchanged, for example, the PUCCH space is obtained based on the new reference signal as described above Send filtering parameters.
  • the signaling notification is whether only the PUCCH in the beam failure frequency domain bandwidth obtains the spatial transmission filter according to the new reference signal (or the spatial transmission filter of the signal including the beam failure request information), or each frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group
  • the PUCCH obtains the spatial transmission filter according to the new reference signal (or the spatial transmission filter of the signal including the beam failure request information).
  • PUCCHs with the same PUCCH group ID in a frequency domain bandwidth group share one MAC-CE, and the MAC-CE includes one or more spatial relations (spatialrelation) information, and the frequency domain bandwidth group
  • the spatialrelation information of the PUCCH group ID in each CC is one or more spatialrelation information included in the MAC-CE.
  • the notification in RRC signaling or MAC-CE signaling is to update the spatialrelation of the PUCCH group at the frequency domain bandwidth level or the spatialrelation of the PUCCH group at the frequency domain bandwidth group level.
  • the spatialrealtion includes downlink reference signals or uplink reference signals, including downlink reference signals.
  • the beam failure recovery parameters include one or more of the following parameters: beam failure detection reference signal set; candidate reference signal set; new reference signal; acquisition of standards based on the new reference signal
  • the first embodiment for determining the correspondence between the CORESET group and the beam failure recovery parameters includes each CORESET group corresponding to a set of beam failure recovery parameters, and each CORESET group corresponds to a beam failure recovery process, respectively.
  • One or more of the following operations beam failure detection, beam failure request, new beam information reporting indication (that is, new reference signal reporting), when two beam failure requests in the CORESET group collide, or two CORESET groups
  • the report of the new beam information indicates a collision.
  • the two request information or reported information can be reported together, or only one of them can be reported, or the beam failure request of one CORESET group and the new beam information report of the other CORESET group collide, or both
  • the requested information or reported information can be reported in combination, or only one of them can be reported.
  • the second implementation manner for determining the correspondence between CORESET groups and beam failure recovery parameters includes: multiple CORESET groups with a frequency domain bandwidth correspond to the same beam failure recovery process, and each beam failure detection reference signal set includes each At least one CORESET in a CORESET group and at least one reference signal in the beam failure detection reference signal set satisfy a quasi co-location relationship, or have a corresponding relationship.
  • the terminal detects a beam failure it means that all CORESET groups have beams. If it fails, the terminal selects a new reference signal for each CORESET group. It starts at a predetermined time after sending the beam failure request information, or at a predetermined time after receiving the response information of the beam failure request information.
  • Each CORESET group is based on the new reference signal corresponding to it. The signal acquires the quasi co-located reference signal of one or more CORESETs in the CORESET group.
  • a correspondence relationship between the candidate signal signal set and the CORESET group is established, and the multiple new reference signals included in the beam failure request information are respectively from multiple candidate reference signal sets corresponding to the multiple CORESET groups.
  • the relationship between two types of frequency domain bandwidth groups is determined, where the two types of frequency domain bandwidth groups include: the first type of frequency domain bandwidth of MAC-CE activation or update signaling that shares the TCI state of the PDSCH Group, the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group that shares the MAC-CE activation or update signaling of the TCI state of CORESET.
  • the relationship between the two types of frequency domain bandwidth groups includes one of the following: the two types of frequency domain bandwidth groups are of the same group division, and the group divisions of the two types of frequency domain bandwidth groups are independent.
  • a master cell group (Master Cell Group, MCG) (or SCG (Secondary Cell Group)) includes 8 CCs.
  • MCG Master Cell Group
  • SCG Secondary Cell Group
  • CC group 1 Includes ⁇ CC1,CC2,CC5,CC6,CC7 ⁇
  • CC group 2 includes ⁇ CC3,CC4,CC8 ⁇
  • CC group i shares the PDSCH TCI state-ID activation or update signaling, and also shares CORESET TCI state-ID activation or update signaling. But at this time, if there is no CORESET in CC4, but PDSCH, then the TCI state-ID activation or update signaling of the CORESET of the CC group 2 is ignored in CC4.
  • the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group is composed of CCs with CORESET in the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group is composed of CCs with a predetermined CORESET-ID frequency domain bandwidth in the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • a MCG Master Cell Group
  • SCG Secondary Cell Group
  • the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group includes 2 CC groups
  • the CC group 1 includes ⁇ CC1,CC2,CC5,CC6,CC7 ⁇
  • CC group 2 includes ⁇ CC3,CC4,CC8 ⁇
  • the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group includes 2 CC groups
  • CC group 1 includes ⁇ CC1,CC8 ⁇
  • CC group 2 includes ⁇ CC2,CC3,CC4,CC5,CC6,CC7 ⁇ . That is, the division of the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the division of the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group are obtained according to different signaling information and/or predetermined rules. That is, each CC includes two frequency domain bandwidth group indexes, the first frequency domain bandwidth group index represents the index of the first type frequency domain bandwidth group of the CC, and the second frequency domain bandwidth group index represents the CC The index of the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the same CORESET-ID in a frequency domain bandwidth group shares the TCI state-ID to activate or update the MAC-CE
  • the CC in an MCG or SCG is divided into two groups through RRC signaling, and each CC group is The same CORESET-ID shared TCI state-ID to activate or update MAC-CE.
  • the number of CORESET included in different frequency domain bandwidths in a frequency domain bandwidth group (that is, the CC group) is different.
  • a frequency domain bandwidth group ⁇ CC1 ⁇ CC8 ⁇ includes CORESET-1, but only ⁇ CC1 ⁇ CC4 ⁇ Includes CORESET-2.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group shares the MAC-CE signaling to activate or update the TCI state-ID of the PDSCH.
  • One of the frequency domain bandwidths is only in one frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • MAC-CE signaling can also activate or update the TCI state-ID of the PDSCH for each frequency domain bandwidth.
  • LCID Logical Channel Identifier
  • the second type of MAC-CE shares a MAC-CE header.
  • the logical header is 53.
  • the terminal receives a logical header of 53 How does the MAC-CE know whether the TCI state-ID of the PDSCH is activated or updated at the frequency domain bandwidth group level or the TCI state-ID of the PDSCH is activated or updated at the frequency domain bandwidth level.
  • the first solution is that if the RRC signaling includes the frequency domain bandwidth group division signaling and/or the number of frequency domain bandwidth groups is greater than 1, for example, each CC includes the frequency domain bandwidth group index
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group index can also be defaulted to 0
  • the MAC-CE signaling with a logic header of 53 is used to activate or update the PDSCH at the frequency domain bandwidth group level TCI state-ID, where the frequency domain bandwidth group corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling is the frequency domain bandwidth group where the frequency domain bandwidth indicated in the MAC-CE is located. Otherwise, the frequency domain bandwidth level activates or updates the TCI state-ID of the PDSCH.
  • One of the frequency domain bandwidths belongs to only one frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the second solution is that in the MAC-CE signaling (or RRC signaling, or other signaling) with a logical header of 53, a 1-bit indication is to activate or update the TCI state-ID of the PDSCH at the frequency domain bandwidth group level. , Or the TCI state-ID of the frequency domain bandwidth level to activate or update the PDSCH.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth level activates or updates the first type of MAC-CE of the CORSEET TCI-state ID and the frequency domain bandwidth group level activates or updates the second type of MAC-CE of the CORSEET TCI-state ID, sharing the LCID (such as 52), It can also be determined by one of the above-mentioned first scheme and second scheme.
  • the first type of MAC-CE that activates or updates the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH at the frequency domain bandwidth level and the second type of MAC-CE that activates or updates the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH at the frequency domain bandwidth group level, sharing the LCID (such as 49), can also be
  • the two types of MAC-CEs are distinguished by one of the above-mentioned first scheme and the second scheme.
  • the first type of MAC-CE that activates or updates the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH resource group at the frequency domain bandwidth level and the second type of MAC-CE that activates or updates the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH resource group at the frequency domain bandwidth group level share the LCID (such as 49 ), it can also be distinguished by one of the above-mentioned first scheme and the second scheme.
  • the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH resource group is activated or updated at the frequency domain bandwidth group level
  • the spatial relationship of the PUCCH resource group with a predetermined PUCCH resource group index in each frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group Both are updated and are the same.
  • the predetermined PUCCH resource group index is included in the MAC-CE, or the predetermined PUCCH resource group index is the PUCCH resource group where the PUCCH resource carried in the MAC-CE is located.
  • LCID for example, 49
  • Solution 1 If the PUCCH resource group division information included in high-level signaling, for example, PUCCH resource group index information is configured for each PUCCH resource in RRC signaling, then the MAC-CE signaling corresponds to a PUCCH resource group, so The PUCCH resource group corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling is the PUCCH resource group where the PUCCH resource indicated in the MAC-CE signaling is located. Or the indication information of the predetermined item (such as the first item) PUCCH resource in the PUCCH resource group corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling is included in the MAC-CE signaling. Optionally, one PUCCH resource is included in only one PUCCH resource. PUCCH resource group.
  • the MAC-CE signaling includes 1-bit signaling indication information (or RRC signaling, or other signaling), and the signaling indication information indicates that the MAC-CE is adapted to a PUCCH resource group , Is still a PUCCH resource. Is the one or more spatial relationship information included in the MAC-CE the spatial relationship of a PUCCH resource, or whether all PUCCH resources in a PUCCH resource group need to be based on one or more information included in the MAC-CE The spatial relationship information is updated, that is, the PUCCH in the PUCCH resource group shares the spatial relationship information.
  • the PUCCH group is configured with a spatialrelation list through RRC signaling, and one or more spatial relations are activated for the PUCCH group through MAC-CE signaling.
  • the PUCCH spatial transmission filter in the PUCCH group is based on the activated Obtain one or more spatialrelations, and one of the spatialrelations includes a downlink reference signal or an uplink reference signal.
  • the spatial transmission filter of the PUCCH group obtains it according to the receiving filter of the downlink reference signal.
  • the spatial transmission filter of the PUCCH group is obtained according to the spatial transmission filter of the uplink reference signal.
  • a CORESET is associated with more than one TCI state, and the same type of quasi-co-location parameter has a corresponding quasi-co-location reference signal in each TCI state.
  • CORESET1 is associated with more than one TCI state.
  • QCL-TypeA includes quasi co-location parameters: Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, average spread, and QCL-TypeD includes spatial reception parameters.
  • the foregoing two TCI states associated with a CORESET can also be referred to as two TCI states activated by a CORESET.
  • different TCI states correspond to different DMRS port groups of CORESET1, or different frequency domain resource groups, or different time domain resource groups, or different search space sets.
  • the beam failure detection reference signal is obtained according to the quasi co-location reference signal of the correlation space reception parameter of CORESET1, it needs to be determined according to the quasi co-location reference signal of the correlation space reception parameter in which of the multiple TCI states.
  • One of the following schemes can be used:
  • Solution 1 Obtain the beam failure detection reference signal according to one of the m TCI states of the one CORESET (that is, the value of n is equal to 1) the quasi co-location reference signal of the associated spatial reception parameter in the TCI state, or according to One of the quasi-co-location reference signals of the plurality of quasi-co-location reference signals of the associated spatial reception parameters acquires the beam failure detection reference signal.
  • one TCI state is selected from the plurality of TCI states, or one quasi-co-location reference signal is selected from the quasi-co-location reference signals of the multiple associated space reception parameters, wherein different fourth information corresponds to the above-mentioned different TCI state or different quasi co-located reference signals, where the fourth information includes at least one of the following: DMRS port group, frequency domain resource group, time domain resource group, search space set, TCI state, quasi co-located reference, For example, selecting the TCI state or the quasi co-location reference signal corresponding to the fourth information with the smallest index.
  • Solution 2 Obtain n beam failure detection reference signals according to m quasi-co-location reference signals associated with spatial reception parameters in the m TCI states of the one CORESET, or according to m quasi-co-location reference signals associated with spatial reception parameters The signal acquires m of the beam failure detection reference signals, that is, more than one beam failure detection reference signals can be acquired according to one CORESET.
  • Solution 1 One of the TCI states of CORESET is obtained according to the new reference signal, and the other TCI state of CORESET is not updated and remains unchanged; it can also be called CORESET's m quasi-commons associated with the same type of quasi-co-location parameters Among the address reference signals, q quasi co-located reference signals are obtained according to the new reference signal, and the other one remains unchanged.
  • the quasi co-location parameter of PDSCH is called the default quasi co-location parameter of PDSCH, for example, the default quasi co-location parameter of PDSCH is based on The quasi-co-location parameters of the CORESET with the lowest CORESET index in the slot closest to the PDSCH including CORESET are determined.
  • the maximum number of quasi-co-location reference signals associated with the same type of quasi-co-location parameter of the PDSCH is greater than 1, the number of sets of default quasi-co-location parameters of the PDSCH at this time needs to be determined.
  • one solution is to determine the number of sets of default quasi co-location parameters of the PDSCH according to the scheme information of the PDSCH, wherein the scheme of the PDSCH includes the following 5 types:
  • SDM Space Division Multiplexing
  • FDM-A A PDSCH includes two DMRS port groups in the frequency domain. 2 frequency domain resource groups, 2 frequency domain resource groups are respectively associated with a TCI state, the intersection between the 2 frequency domain resource groups is empty, and the DMRS port number associated with the one PDSCH on multiple frequency domain resource groups is the same ;
  • FDM-B A PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in two frequency domain resource groups, and the two frequency domain resource groups are respectively associated with a TCI state.
  • TDM-A One PDSCH is in 1 or 2 time domain resources Repeated transmission in the group, two time-domain resource groups are respectively associated with a TCI state, the intersection between the two time-domain resource groups is empty, and each time-domain resource group corresponds to one repeated transmission of the PDSCH, and the two time-domain resource groups correspond to one repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
  • the domain resource group is included in a slot, and the DMRS port numbers associated with the one PDSCH on multiple frequency domain resource groups are the same, and the number of repetitions in the slot is determined according to the number of TCI states; TDM-B : A PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in multiple time domain resource groups.
  • the multiple time domain resource groups are divided into 2 types. Each type is associated with a TCI state. Different time domain resource groups are in different slots, and each frequency domain resource The group corresponds to one repeated transmission of the PDSCH, and the DMRS port numbers associated with the one PDSCH on multiple frequency domain resource groups are the same.
  • the terminal needs to confirm two TCI states on the same time domain symbol, that is, two sets of quasi co-location parameters; in TDM-A and TDM-B, The terminal only needs to confirm one TCI state on the same time domain symbol, that is, a set of quasi co-location parameters.
  • the terminal reports the maximum number of TCI states that can be received at the same time (also referred to as the maximum number of spatial reception parameters for different channels or signals at the same time, and it can also be referred to as the association of different channels or signals at the same time.
  • the maximum number of quasi co-located reference signals for spatial reception parameters), the PDSCH scheme is determined according to the capability information reported by the terminal.
  • the schedulable PDSCH scheme includes ⁇ TDM-A, TDM-B ⁇
  • the schedulable PDSCH scheme includes ⁇ TDM-A, TDM-B, SDM, FDM-A, FDM- B ⁇ .
  • the capability information is capability information of a frequency domain bandwidth, or capability information of a band.
  • each SR is configured through RRC signaling to correspond to the first priority (hereinafter referred to as SR-1) or the second priority (hereinafter referred to as SR- 2)
  • Hybrid automatic repeat request-correct response also has two priorities
  • CSI Channel State Information, channel state information
  • SRs of the same priority HARQ-ACK, CSI can be multiplexed into the same uplink channel or signal for transmission, after the collision between the first priority SR, HARQ-ACK, CSI and the second to priority SR, HARQ-ACK, CSI,
  • the second priority SR, HARQ-ACK, and CSI can be discarded.
  • the beam failure request information when the beam failure request information is sent through the second transmission method, it includes the SR sent in the first step.
  • SR-Beam Failure Recovery BFR
  • BFR SR-Beam Failure Recovery
  • Scheme 1 SR-1 and SR-BFR are both the first priority, and SR-2 is the second priority.
  • Scheme 2 SR-1 is the first priority, SR-BFR is the second priority, and SR-2 is the second priority.
  • Solution 3 Configure whether it is the first priority or the second priority in the SR-BFR.
  • Solution 4 When SR-1, SR-2, SR-BFR collide, or when they need to be combined into a channel or signal for transmission, it is necessary to determine the value set to which their values belong, and one value set corresponds to A state value, a value set includes one or more values, and different states need to be notified to the base station.
  • PUCCH resource of SR-1, SR-2, SR-BFR includes PUCCH format 0 (format0) and/or PUCCH format1, for example, when PUCCH format2 and PUCCH format3 are not included, different status values are indicated by the resource selection of the above three SR resources, and/or the HARQ-ACK information for the resource where the status value is sent Different mapping relationships between values and SR-PUCCH resource sequence parameters are indicated.
  • Table 3 it is divided into 3 value sets, corresponding to 3 states, SR-1 positive (positive) and SR-BFR positive are not distinguished, that is, when the base station receives state 1, the terminal does not know it is SR-1 and SR -Which one or more of the BFRs is positive, or is divided into 4 value sets as shown in Table 4, corresponding to a total of 4 states, among which SR-Enhanced Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communication (enhanced Ultra-Reliable and Low) Latency Communications, eURLLC) postive and PUCCH-BFR positive, or divided into 5 value sets as shown in Table 5, corresponding to 5 states.
  • SR-1 positive positive
  • SR-BFR positive are not distinguished, that is, when the base station receives state 1, the terminal does not know it is SR-1 and SR -Which one or more of the BFRs is positive, or is divided into 4 value sets as shown in Table 4, corresponding to a total of 4 states, among which SR-Enhanced Ultra-Reliable and Low Late
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for determining information provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 4, a device for determining information provided by an embodiment of this application can be integrated in In the UE, the device includes:
  • the information determining module 320 is configured to determine the second information according to the first information; wherein the first information includes at least one of the following: time domain parameters of the search space, CORESET group, CORESET set, number of CORESET, frequency domain bandwidth Quantity, frequency domain bandwidth group, PUCCH resource group, first-type beam failure recovery parameters, signaling information, predetermined rules; the second information includes at least one of the following: second-type beam failure recovery parameters, radio link reference signals , Frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, and quasi co-location parameters of downlink channels or signals.
  • the information determining module 320 includes: a first type of CORESET determining unit and a second information determining unit.
  • the first type of CORESET determining unit is configured to determine the first type of CORESET based on the first information;
  • the second information determining unit is configured to determine the first type of CORESET based on the The first type of CORESET determines the second information; wherein, the first type of CORESET includes at most A CORESET, or the first type of CORESET includes at most A CORESET sets, and the A is greater than or equal to 1.
  • a positive integer is
  • the first type of CORESET determination unit is specifically used for one of the following:
  • a CORESET selected in each CORESET group constitutes the first type of CORESET; first keep the CORESET priority level in the CORESET group unchanged, and the CORESET group index is incremented , And then determine CORESET as the first type of CORESET in the decreasing order of the CORESET priority in the CORESET group; first keep the CORESET group index unchanged, the CORESET priority in the CORESET group decreases sequentially, and then the CORESET group index increases in order to determine The first type of CORESET; the first type of CORESET is determined according to the time domain parameters of the search space associated with the CORESET; the first type of CORESET is determined according to the CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth in a frequency domain bandwidth group; according to a The first type of CORESET is determined according to the CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth whose frequency domain bandwidth index in the frequency domain bandwidth group satisfies the predetermined characteristic; the first
  • the first-type CORESET determining unit is specifically configured to determine the first-type CORESET according to the CORESET in the target CORESET group, and the target CORESET group meets at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the target CORESET group has the highest priority among the CORESET groups; the CORESET group index of the target CORESET group meets a predetermined characteristic; the time domain parameters of the associated search space in the target CORESET group meet the predetermined characteristic CORESET;
  • the target CORESET group is obtained according to the received signaling information; the number of CORESET included in the target CORESET group is the largest in each CORESET group; the number of CORESET sets included in the target CORESET group is the largest in each CORESET group;
  • the target CORESET group includes CORESETs whose CORESET index meets predetermined characteristics; the number of CORESETs whose time domain parameters of the associated search space included in the target CORESET group meets the predetermined characteristics is the largest in each CORESET group; the target CORESET group includes The number of CORESET sets whose time domain parameters of the associated search space meets the predetermined characteristics is the largest in each CORESET group; the number of CORESET groups in the target CORESET group is 1.
  • the first-type CORESET determining unit is specifically configured to determine the first-type CORESET according to the CORESET in the target CORESET group, the target CORESET group is determined according to at least one of the following information:
  • CORESET group index the time domain parameters of the search space associated with CORESET included in the CORESET group; the number of CORESET included in the CORESET group; the number of CORESET collections included in the CORESET group; the index of the CORESET included in the CORESET group.
  • the second information includes a reference signal set, where the reference signal set includes at least one of the following reference signal sets:
  • a beam failure detection reference signal set ; a wireless link detection reference signal set; a new reference signal set; wherein the reference signal set includes at most A reference signals, and the A is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the value of A is associated with at least one of the following information:
  • the first type of CORESET determination unit is specifically set to determine the first type of CORESET in the second type of CORESET, where one CORESET selected in each CORESET set constitutes the second type of CORESET, or is composed of a frequency domain bandwidth CORESET constitutes the second type of CORESET.
  • the first type of CORESET determination unit is set to at least one of the following:
  • the first type of CORESET is determined based on the first information; in the case that the number of CORESETs in the second type of CORESET is greater than the A value, the first type of CORESET is determined based on the first information A type of CORESET; when the number of CORESETs in the second type of CORESET is less than or equal to the A value, the first type of CORESET includes the second type of CORESET.
  • the first type of CORESET determining unit is configured to determine the first type of CORESET in the CORESET included in the CORESET included in a frequency domain bandwidth according to the time domain parameters of the search space associated with the CORESET, or determine the first type of CORESET in a CORESET group CORESET; wherein, the time domain parameters of the search space include at least one of the following:
  • the first type of CORESET includes A CORESETs, and A search spaces associated with the A CORESETs satisfy one of the following characteristics:
  • the time domain density is determined according to one of the following information:
  • the first quotient value wherein the first quotient value is equal to the quotient of the first product and the period of the search space, and the first product is equal to the number of detection occasions in the search space in one time slot and the duration of one detection occasion in the search space
  • the second information determining unit is set to at least one of the following:
  • the spatial transmission filter of the uplink channel or signal is determined according to the channel and/or signal including the beam failure request information; according to the first type of CORESET, the CORESET that meets the quasi co-location relationship with the beam failure detection reference signal is determined; according to the first type of CORESET Determine the CORESET that meets the quasi co-location relationship with the wireless link detection reference signal.
  • the first type of CORESET is determined according to the first information
  • the second information is determined according to the first type of CORESET
  • n beam failure detection reference signals according to n quasi-co-location reference signals of the m quasi-co-location reference signals of a CORESET, wherein the m quasi-co-location reference signals are all associated with spatial reception parameters, where the m, n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1; obtain the quasi co-located reference signal corresponding to q resource groups in the m resource groups of a CORESET according to the p new reference signals, wherein the p and q are positive numbers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the one CORESET belongs to the first type of CORESET, a CORESET is associated with m resource groups, and each resource group corresponds to a quasi co-located reference signal set.
  • the information determination module is set to at least one of the following:
  • the second information is determined according to the first information; in the case where the number of frequency domain bandwidths configured with the second information is greater than the second predetermined value Determining the second information according to the first information; determining the second information according to the first information in the case that the total number of reference signals of the first type in the frequency domain bandwidth group is greater than a third predetermined value; In a predetermined period of time, when the total number of the first type reference signals in the frequency domain bandwidth group is greater than a fourth predetermined value, the second information is determined according to the first information; the first The class reference signal includes at least one of the following: a beam failure detection reference signal, a wireless link detection reference signal, and a new reference signal.
  • the information determining module is set to at least one of the following:
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal in the second frequency domain bandwidth is obtained according to the second reference signal, wherein the second reference signal and the new reference signal of the first frequency domain bandwidth are There is a corresponding relationship between them, wherein the first frequency domain bandwidth and the second frequency domain bandwidth belong to the same frequency domain bandwidth group; starting from the second moment, the predetermined uplink channel and/or the second frequency domain bandwidth The signal spatial transmission filter is obtained according to the new reference signal of the first frequency domain bandwidth, wherein the first frequency domain bandwidth and the second frequency domain bandwidth belong to the same frequency domain bandwidth group; the third time Initially, the quasi co-located reference signal of the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal in each frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group is obtained according to a second reference signal, wherein the second reference signal and the first frequency domain bandwidth There is a corresponding relationship between the new reference signals in the frequency domain bandwidth group, the first frequency domain bandwidth is included in the frequency domain bandwidth group; starting from the fourth moment, the predetermined uplink channel
  • the CORESET index of the CORESET in the two frequency domain bandwidths is the same; according to the signaling information, it is determined that starting from the first moment, only the quasi co-located reference signal of the CORESET in the first frequency domain bandwidth is obtained according to the new reference signal, or whether In the frequency domain bandwidth group where the first frequency domain bandwidth is located, the quasi co-located reference signal of CORESET in each frequency domain bandwidth is based on the second reference signal.
  • the predetermined downlink channel includes at least one of the following channels:
  • the first type of CORESET the downlink channel scheduled by the PDCCH in the first type of CORESET; wherein, the first type of CORESET is determined according to the first information.
  • the new reference signal is in the first frequency domain bandwidth; the second reference signal is in the second frequency domain bandwidth; the second reference signal is associated with a predetermined type of quasi co-located reference signal; the first 2.
  • the reference signal and the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal are in the same frequency domain bandwidth;
  • the transmission configuration indication state TCI state in which the second reference signal and the new reference signal are located has a fixed index difference; the second The index difference between the reference signal and the resource where the new reference signal is located is fixed;
  • the second reference signal is the new reference signal in the first frequency domain bandwidth; in the first frequency domain bandwidth and the predetermined downlink channel And/or when the signal is in the same serving cell, the second reference signal is a new reference signal in the first frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the information determination module is set to at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the first type of MAC-CE signaling is determined according to a predetermined rule, where the predetermined rule includes the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling when the RRC signaling configures the frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the domain bandwidth includes the frequency domain bandwidth group in which the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the frequency domain bandwidth index carried in the MAC-CE signaling is located, or includes the frequency domain bandwidth group; the MAC-CE of the first type is determined according to a predetermined rule
  • the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the domain bandwidth index; the PUCCH corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling that activates or updates the PUCCH spatial relationship information is determined according to a predetermined rule, where the predetermined rule includes when the RRC signaling configures the PUCCH group, the The frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling includes the PUCCH resource group where the PUCCH resource corresponding to the PUCCH resource index carried in the MAC-CE signaling is located, or the PUCCH resource group; the PUCCH space is determined to be activated or updated according to a predetermined rule
  • the division of the frequency domain bandwidth group is determined according to signaling information; a primary cell group MCG includes one or more frequency domain bandwidth groups; a secondary cell group SCG includes one or more frequency domain bandwidth groups
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group shares the high-level signaling to activate or update the TCI state ID of the PDSCH; the CORESET of the same CORESET index in the frequency domain bandwidth group shares the high-level signaling to activate or update the TCI state ID of the PDSCH;
  • the domain bandwidth group shares the high-level signaling for activating or updating the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH; the frequency domain bandwidth group shares the high-level signaling for activating or updating the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH resource group; the frequency-domain bandwidth group includes a serving cell BWP.
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the CORESET in the CORESET group is obtained according to the new reference signal corresponding to the CORESET group, where each new reference signal corresponds to a CORESET group and a new reference signal with a frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the reported information includes indication information of more than one new reference signal, and there is a corresponding relationship between the more than one new reference signal and the CORESET group.
  • the information determination module is set to:
  • the beam failure detection reference signal set determines the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal of the quasi co-located reference signal according to the new reference signal; determine the uplink channel or signal of the spatial transmission filter parameter according to the new reference signal; The channel or signal of the beam failure request information determines the uplink channel or signal of the spatial transmission filter parameter.
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal is updated according to the new reference signal; wherein, the predetermined downlink channel includes one of the third type CORESET and the PDSCH scheduled by the third type CORESET.
  • the third type of CORESET and the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference set meet the quasi co-location relationship, or the beam failure detection reference signal is based on the quasi co-location of the CORESET Address reference signal acquisition.
  • One or more of the first time, the second time, the third time, the fourth time, the fifth time, and the sixth time include one of the following:
  • the CORESET group includes one or more CORESETs in the frequency domain bandwidth; the CORESETs in the CORESET group are associated with the same identification number.
  • the time domain parameters of the search space include at least one of the following:
  • the beam failure recovery parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the uplink channel includes PUCCH, where the PUCCH satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the PUCCH belongs to one PUCCH group; the PUCCH is associated with a predetermined CORESET group; the PUCCH includes PUCCHs belonging to different PUCCH groups.
  • CORESET in the same CORESET set meets the quasi-co-location relationship with respect to the predetermined quasi-co-location parameters; CORESET in the same CORESET set has the same quasi-co-location reference signal associated with the predetermined quasi-co-location parameters; CORESET in different CORESET sets is about the predetermined quasi-co-location parameters The quasi-co-location relationship is not satisfied; the quasi-co-location reference signals associated with the predetermined quasi-co-location parameters in different CORESET sets are different.
  • the information determination module is set to:
  • the signaling information includes the scheme information of the PDSCH, the time between the downlink channel or signal and the PDCCH that schedules the downlink channel or signal
  • the interval is less than a predetermined value, and when the number of sets of quasi-co-location parameters is greater than 1, the same type of quasi-co-location parameters are included in different sets of co-location parameters; and/or
  • the capability information includes the number of sets of spatial reception parameters associated with channels or signals received at the same time, wherein the communication node includes the PDSCH receiving Communication node.
  • the information determination module is set to one of the following:
  • the priority of the channel or signal where the beam failure request information is located is determined according to a predetermined rule, where the priority corresponding to the beam failure request information is the predetermined priority; the priority of the channel or signal where the beam failure request information is located is determined according to the signaling information.
  • the beam failure request information includes at least one of the following information: new reference information, a beam failure event has occurred on at least one frequency domain bandwidth; the channel where the beam failure request information is located includes PUCCH; the channel where the beam failure request information is located includes SR-PUCCH; the beam The priority of the channel where the failure request information is located is the first priority, where there are two priorities; the priority of the channel where the beam failure request information is located is the second priority, where there are three priorities.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for determining a correspondence relationship provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 5, a device for determining a correspondence relationship provided by an embodiment of the present application is shown in FIG. It can be integrated in the UE, and the device includes:
  • the relationship determination module 420 is configured to determine a first correspondence relationship according to signaling information and/or predetermined rules; the first correspondence relationship includes at least one of the following: between N pieces of third information and M sets of beam failure recovery parameters The corresponding relationship between the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group; wherein the N and M are positive integers greater than or equal to 1, and the third information includes at least the following information One: CORESET group, frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the correspondence between the N pieces of third information and M sets of beam failure recovery parameters includes at least one of the following:
  • the N third information values correspond to N sets of beam failure recovery parameters; each of the N third information values corresponds to a set of beam failure recovery parameters.
  • the correspondence between the N pieces of third information and M sets of beam failure recovery parameters includes at least one of the following:
  • the N third information values correspond to a beam failure detection reference signal; each of the N third information values corresponds to a candidate reference signal set; among the N third information values, Each third information value corresponds to a new reference signal.
  • each third information value of the N third information values corresponds to a new reference signal
  • the new reference signal corresponding to the third information value comes from the candidate reference signal corresponding to the third information value In the collection.
  • the correspondence between the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group includes at least one of the following:
  • the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group share the division signaling of the frequency domain bandwidth group; the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group correspond to the division signal of a frequency domain bandwidth group respectively Let; the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group is determined by the frequency domain bandwidth of the CORESET indexed by the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the first-type frequency-domain bandwidth group shares high-level signaling for activating or updating the TCI state ID of the PDSCH
  • the CORESET with the same CORESET index in the second-type frequency-domain bandwidth group shares the high-level signaling for activating or updating the TCI state ID of the PDSCH.
  • the beam failure recovery parameters include at least one of the following parameters:
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in this application.
  • the communication device provided in this application includes: one or more processors 510 and a memory 520;
  • the processor 510 of the communication device may be one or more.
  • one processor 510 is taken as an example; the memory 520 is used to store one or more programs; the one or more programs are used by the one or
  • the multiple processors 510 execute, so that the one or more processors 510 implement the method for determining information as described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 510 and the memory 520 in the communication device may be connected through a bus or in other ways.
  • the connection through a bus is taken as an example.
  • the memory 520 can be configured to store software programs, computer-executable programs, and modules, such as program instructions/modules corresponding to the method for determining information in the embodiments of the present application (for example, in a device for determining information).
  • the memory 520 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area may store an operating system and an application program required by at least one function; the storage data area may store data created according to the use of the device, and the like.
  • the memory 520 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the memory 520 may include a memory remotely provided with respect to the processor 510, and these remote memories may be connected to the first node through a network. Examples of the aforementioned networks include, but are not limited to, the Internet, corporate intranets, local area networks, mobile communication networks, and combinations thereof.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • the communication device provided by this application includes: one or more processors 610 and a memory 620; the processor 610 of the communication device may be one or more.
  • one processor 610 is taken as an example; the memory 620 is used to store one or more programs; the one or more programs are used by the one or The multiple processors 610 execute, so that the one or more processors 610 implement the method for determining the correspondence relationship as described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 610 and the memory 620 in the communication device may be connected through a bus or in other ways.
  • the connection through a bus is taken as an example.
  • the memory 620 can be configured to store software programs, computer-executable programs, and modules, such as the program instructions/modules corresponding to the method for determining the corresponding relationship described in the embodiments of the present application (for example, the determination of the corresponding relationship).
  • the memory 620 may include a program storage area and a data storage area, where the program storage area may store an operating system and an application program required by at least one function; the data storage area may store data created according to the use of the device, and the like.
  • the memory 620 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the memory 620 may include memories remotely provided with respect to the processor 610, and these remote memories may be connected to the first node through a network. Examples of the aforementioned networks include, but are not limited to, the Internet, corporate intranets, local area networks, mobile communication networks, and combinations thereof.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium, the storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the method for determining the information or the method for determining the corresponding relationship in any of the embodiments of the present application is implemented .
  • the method for determining the information includes: determining the second information according to the first information.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: time domain parameters of the search space, CORESET group, CORESET collection, number of CORESET, number of frequency domain bandwidth, frequency domain bandwidth group, PUCCH resource group, first type beam failure recovery parameter , Signaling information, predetermined rules;
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: the second type of beam failure recovery parameters, radio link reference signals, frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, and MAC-CE signaling correspondence
  • the quasi co-location parameter of the PUCCH resource downlink channel or signal.
  • the method for determining the corresponding relationship includes: determining a first corresponding relationship according to signaling information and/or a predetermined rule; the first corresponding relationship includes at least one of the following: the relationship between N third information and M sets of beam failure recovery parameters Correspondence; the corresponding relationship between the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group; wherein, the N and M are positive integers greater than or equal to 1, and the third information includes at least one of the following information One: CORESET group, frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • user terminal encompasses any suitable type of wireless user equipment, such as mobile phones, portable data processing devices, portable web browsers, or vehicle-mounted mobile stations.
  • the various embodiments of the present application can be implemented in hardware or dedicated circuits, software, logic or any combination thereof.
  • some aspects may be implemented in hardware, while other aspects may be implemented in firmware or software that may be executed by a controller, microprocessor, or other computing device, although the application is not limited thereto.
  • Computer program instructions can be assembly instructions, Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) instructions, machine instructions, machine-related instructions, microcode, firmware instructions, state setting data, or written in any combination of one or more programming languages Source code or object code.
  • ISA Instruction Set Architecture
  • the block diagram of any logic flow in the drawings of the present application may represent program steps, or may represent interconnected logic circuits, modules, and functions, or may represent a combination of program steps and logic circuits, modules, and functions.
  • the computer program can be stored on the memory.
  • the memory can be of any type suitable for the local technical environment and can be implemented using any suitable data storage technology, such as but not limited to read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), optical Memory devices and systems (Digital Video Disc (DVD) or Compact Disk (CD)), etc.
  • Computer-readable media may include non-transitory storage media.
  • the data processor can be any type suitable for the local technical environment, such as but not limited to general-purpose computers, special-purpose computers, microprocessors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs) ), programmable logic devices (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), and processors based on multi-core processor architecture.
  • DSP Digital Signal Processing
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • this application includes at least the following items:
  • a method of determining information including:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: time domain parameters of the search space, CORESET group, CORESET collection, number of CORESET, number of frequency domain bandwidth, frequency domain bandwidth group, PUCCH resource group, first type beam failure Recovery parameters, signaling information, and predetermined rules;
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: second type beam failure recovery parameters, radio link reference signals, frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, downlink channels or signals
  • second type beam failure recovery parameters radio link reference signals
  • frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling
  • PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling downlink channels or signals
  • the first type of CORESET includes at most A CORESET, or the first type of CORESET includes at most A CORESET sets, and the A is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • One CORESET selected in each CORESET group constitutes the first type of CORESET
  • the first type of CORESET is determined according to whether the frequency domain bandwidth is the main frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the target CORESET group meets at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the target CORESET group has the highest priority among the CORESET groups
  • the CORESET group index of the target CORESET group satisfies a predetermined characteristic
  • the target CORESET group includes CORESETs whose time domain parameters of the associated search space meet predetermined characteristics
  • the target CORESET group is acquired according to the received signaling information
  • the number of CORESET included in the target CORESET group is the largest in each CORESET group
  • the number of CORESET sets included in the target CORESET group is the largest in each CORESET group
  • the target CORESET group includes CORESET whose CORESET index meets predetermined characteristics
  • the number of CORESETs whose time domain parameters of the associated search space included in the target CORESET group satisfy predetermined characteristics is the largest in each CORESET group;
  • the number of CORESET sets whose time domain parameters of the associated search space included in the target CORESET group satisfy predetermined characteristics is the largest in each CORESET group;
  • the number of CORESET groups in the target CORESET group is 1.
  • the target CORESET group is determined according to at least one of the following information:
  • the index of the CORESET included in the CORESET group is the index of the CORESET included in the CORESET group.
  • the second information includes a reference signal set
  • the reference signal set includes at least one of the following reference signal sets:
  • the reference signal set includes at most A reference signals, and the A is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the determining the first type of CORESET according to the first information includes:
  • the first type of CORESET is determined in the second type of CORESET, wherein one CORESET selected in each CORESET set constitutes the second type of CORESET, or a CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth constitutes the second type of CORESET.
  • determining the first type of CORESET in the second type of CORESET includes at least one of the following:
  • the first type of CORESET includes the second type of CORESET.
  • the determining the first type of CORESET according to the first information includes:
  • time domain parameters of the search space include at least one of the following:
  • the first type of CORESET includes A CORESETs, wherein A search spaces associated with the A CORESETs satisfy one of the following characteristics:
  • time domain density is determined according to one of the following information:
  • the first quotient value wherein the first quotient value is equal to the quotient of the first product and the period of the search space, and the first product is equal to the number of detection occasions in the search space in one time slot and the duration of one detection occasion in the search space
  • the second quotient value where the second quotient value is equal to the quotient of the number of detection occasions in a time slot of the search space and the period of the search space.
  • the determining the second information according to the first type of CORESET includes at least one of the following:
  • the CORESET that meets the quasi co-location relationship with the wireless link detection reference signal is determined.
  • n reference signals according to n quasi-co-located reference signals of the m quasi-co-located reference signals of a CORESET, wherein the m quasi-co-located reference signals are all associated with spatial reception parameters, wherein the m and n are greater than Or a positive integer equal to 1;
  • a quasi co-location relationship is satisfied between z resource groups in the m resource groups of a CORESET and the reference signal, where z is a positive integer less than or equal to m;
  • the reference signal includes at least one of the following: a beam failure detection reference signal, a new reference signal, a radio link detection reference signal, a CORESET associated m resource group, and each resource group corresponds to a quasi co-located reference signal set.
  • the method includes:
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth that does not belong to the first type of CORESET is not updated according to the new reference signal;
  • a quasi co-located reference signal of CORESET belonging to the first type of CORESET in a frequency domain bandwidth is updated according to the new reference signal.
  • the first type of reference signal includes at least one of the following: a beam failure detection reference signal, a wireless link detection reference signal, and a new reference signal.
  • the determining the second information according to the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal in the second frequency domain bandwidth is obtained according to the second reference signal, wherein the second reference signal and the new reference signal of the first frequency domain bandwidth are There is a correspondence between them, wherein the first frequency domain bandwidth and the second frequency domain bandwidth belong to the same frequency domain bandwidth group;
  • the predetermined uplink channel and/or signal spatial transmission filter in the second frequency domain bandwidth is acquired according to the new reference signal of the first frequency domain bandwidth, wherein the first frequency domain bandwidth and the The second frequency domain bandwidth belongs to the same frequency domain bandwidth group;
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal in each frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group is obtained according to the second reference signal, wherein the second reference signal and the first reference signal There is a correspondence between the new reference signals of the frequency domain bandwidth, and the frequency domain bandwidth group includes the first frequency domain bandwidth;
  • the predetermined uplink channel and/or the spatial transmission filter of the signal in each frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth group is acquired according to the new reference signal of the first frequency domain bandwidth, wherein the frequency domain bandwidth
  • the group includes the first frequency domain bandwidth
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of CORESET in the first frequency domain bandwidth is obtained according to the new reference signal of the first frequency domain bandwidth
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of CORESET in the second frequency domain bandwidth is obtained according to the first frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of CORESET is based on the second reference signal.
  • the predetermined downlink channel includes at least one of the following channels:
  • the first type CORESET is determined according to the first information.
  • the new reference signal is in the first frequency domain bandwidth
  • the second reference signal is in the second frequency domain bandwidth
  • the second reference signal is associated with a predetermined type of quasi co-located reference signal
  • the second reference signal and the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal are in the same frequency domain bandwidth
  • the transmission configuration indication state TCI state index difference between the second reference signal and the new reference signal is fixed;
  • the index difference between the second reference signal and the resource where the new reference signal is located is fixed
  • the second reference signal is a new reference signal in the first frequency domain bandwidth
  • the second reference signal is a new reference signal in the first frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the first type of MAC-CE signaling is determined according to a predetermined rule, where the predetermined rule includes the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling when the RRC signaling configures the frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the domain bandwidth includes the frequency domain bandwidth group where the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the frequency domain bandwidth index carried in the MAC-CE signaling is located, or includes the frequency domain bandwidth group;
  • the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the first type of MAC-CE signaling is determined according to a predetermined rule, where the predetermined rule includes the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling when the RRC signaling does not configure a frequency domain bandwidth group Including the frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to the frequency domain bandwidth index carried in the MAC-CE signaling;
  • the PUCCH corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling that activates or updates the PUCCH spatial relationship information is determined according to a predetermined rule, where the predetermined rule includes that when the PUCCH group is configured in the RRC signaling, the PUCCH corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling includes The PUCCH resource group where the PUCCH resource corresponding to the PUCCH resource index carried in the MAC-CE signaling is located, or the PUCCH resource group;
  • the PUCCH corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling that activates or updates the PUCCH spatial relationship information is determined according to a predetermined rule, where the predetermined rule includes that when no PUCCH group is configured, the PUCCH corresponding to the MAC-CE signaling includes the MAC-CE signaling.
  • the first type of MAC-CE includes one of the following: MAC-CE that activates or updates the TCI state ID of PDSCH; MAC-CE that activates or updates the TCI state ID of CORESET; PUCCH that activates or updates the PUCCH spatial relationship; activation Or update the PUCCH of the spatial relationship of the PUCCH resource group.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the division of the frequency domain bandwidth group is determined according to signaling information
  • One primary cell group MCG includes one or more of the frequency domain bandwidth groups
  • One secondary cell group SCG includes one or more of the frequency domain bandwidth groups
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group shares high-level signaling for activating or updating the TCI state ID of the PDSCH;
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group shares high-level signaling for activating or updating the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH;
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group shares high-level signaling for activating or updating the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH resource group;
  • the frequency domain bandwidth group includes a BWP in a serving cell.
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the CORESET in the CORESET group is obtained according to the new reference signal corresponding to the CORESET group, where each new reference signal corresponds to a CORESET group and a new reference signal with a frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the reported information includes indication information of more than one new reference signal, and there is a corresponding relationship between the more than one new reference signal and one of the CORESET groups respectively.
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the predetermined downlink channel and/or signal is updated according to the new reference signal; wherein, the predetermined downlink channel includes one of the third type CORESET and the PDSCH scheduled by the third type CORESET.
  • the third-type CORESET and the reference signal in the beam failure detection reference set satisfy the quasi co-location relationship, or the beam failure detection reference signal is obtained according to the quasi co-location reference signal of the CORESET.
  • One or more of the seventh moments include one of the following moments:
  • the time determined according to the sending mode of the beam failure request information is the time determined according to the sending mode of the beam failure request information.
  • the CORESET group satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the CORESET group includes one or more CORESETs in the frequency domain bandwidth
  • the CORESET in the CORESET group is associated with the same identification number.
  • the beam failure recovery parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the uplink channel includes a PUCCH, wherein the PUCCH satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the PUCCH belongs to a PUCCH group
  • the PUCCH is associated with a predetermined CORESET group
  • the PUCCH includes PUCCHs belonging to different PUCCH groups.
  • the CORESET set satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the CORESET in the same CORESET set satisfies the quasi co-location relationship with respect to the predetermined quasi co-location parameters
  • the quasi co-location reference signals associated with the predetermined quasi co-location parameters of CORESET in the same CORESET set are the same;
  • the CORESET in different CORESET sets does not satisfy the quasi-co-location relationship with respect to the predetermined quasi-co-location parameters
  • the CORESETs in different CORESET sets have different quasi-co-location reference signals associated with predetermined quasi-co-location parameters.
  • the signaling information includes the scheme information of the PDSCH, the time between the downlink channel or signal and the PDCCH that schedules the downlink channel or signal
  • the interval is less than a predetermined value, and when the number of sets of quasi-co-location parameters is greater than 1, the same type of quasi-co-location parameters are included in different sets of co-location parameters; and/or
  • the capability information includes the number of sets of spatial reception parameters associated with channels or signals received at the same time, wherein the communication node includes the PDSCH receiving Communication node.
  • the priority of the channel or signal where the beam failure request information is located is determined according to the signaling information.
  • the beam failure request information includes at least one of the following information: new reference information, and a beam failure event has occurred on at least one frequency domain bandwidth;
  • the channel where the beam failure request information is located includes PUCCH;
  • the channel where the beam failure request information is located includes SR-PUCCH;
  • the priority of the channel where the beam failure request information is located is the first priority, and there are two priorities;
  • the priority of the channel where the beam failure request information is located is the second priority, and there are three priorities.
  • a method for determining the corresponding relationship including:
  • the first correspondence includes at least one of the following: the correspondence between N pieces of third information and M sets of beam failure recovery parameters; the correspondence between the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group ;
  • the N and M are positive integers greater than or equal to 1, and the third information includes at least one of the following information: a CORESET group and a frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the N third information values correspond to N sets of beam failure recovery parameters
  • Each of the N third information values corresponds to a set of beam failure recovery parameters.
  • the N third information values correspond to one beam failure detection reference signal
  • Each of the N third information values corresponds to a candidate reference signal set
  • Each of the N third information values corresponds to a new reference signal.
  • the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group share the division signaling of the frequency domain bandwidth group;
  • the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group respectively correspond to the division signaling of a frequency domain bandwidth group
  • the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group is determined by the frequency domain bandwidth of the CORESET including the predetermined CORESET index in the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group shares the high-level signaling for activating or updating the TCI state ID of the PDSCH, and the CORESET of the same CORESET index in the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group shares the high-level signaling for activating or updating the TCI state ID of the PDSCH.
  • the high-level signaling of the CORESET sharing activation or updating the TCI state ID of the PDSCH in the first type frequency domain bandwidth group with the first CORESET index, and the CORESET sharing activation with the second CORESET index in the second type frequency domain bandwidth group Or update the high-level signaling of the TCI state ID of the PDSCH;
  • the PUCCH resource with the first PUCCH resource group index in the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group shares high-level signaling for activating or updating the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH
  • the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group has a second PUCCH resource group
  • the indexed PUCCH resource shares high-level signaling to activate or update the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH.
  • the beam failure recovery parameter includes at least one of the following parameters:
  • a device for determining information including:
  • An information determining module configured to determine the second information according to the first information
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: time domain parameters of the search space, CORESET group, CORESET collection, number of CORESET, number of frequency domain bandwidth, frequency domain bandwidth group, PUCCH resource group, first type beam failure Recovery parameters, signaling information, and predetermined rules;
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: second type beam failure recovery parameters, radio link reference signals, frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling, downlink channels or signals
  • second type beam failure recovery parameters radio link reference signals
  • frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to MAC-CE signaling PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling
  • PUCCH resources corresponding to MAC-CE signaling downlink channels or signals
  • a device for determining correspondence including:
  • the correspondence relationship determination module is configured to determine the first correspondence relationship according to signaling information and/or predetermined rules
  • the first correspondence includes at least one of the following: the correspondence between N pieces of third information and M sets of beam failure recovery parameters; the correspondence between the first type of frequency domain bandwidth group and the second type of frequency domain bandwidth group ;
  • the N and M are positive integers greater than or equal to 1, and the third information includes at least one of the following information: a CORESET group and a frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • a communication device comprising: one or more processors; a memory for storing one or more programs; when the one or more programs are executed by the one or more processors, the one Or multiple processors implement the method according to any one of items 1-33, or implement the method according to any one of items 34-40.
  • a computer storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the method according to any one of items 1-33 or any one of items 34-40 is realized. The method described.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本文公开一种信息的确定方法及装置、对应关系的确定方法及装置、设备、介质。该对应关系的确定方法，包括：根据信令信息和预定规则中的至少之一，确定第一对应关系；所述第一对应关系包括如下至少之一：N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系、第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系；其中，N和M均是大于或者等于1的正整数，所述第三信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：控制资源集合CORESET组、频域带宽组。

Description

信息的确定方法及装置、对应关系的确定方法及装置、设备、介质
本申请要求在2019年11月07日提交中国专利局、申请号为201911083769.3的中国专利申请的优先权，该申请的全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线通讯领域，例如涉及一种信息的确定方法及装置、对应关系的确定方法及装置、设备、介质。
背景技术
在第五代移动通信系统(the 5th Generation mobile communication system，5G)毫米波系统中，由于信道波动较为剧烈，可能发生基站与用户之间的波束失准的情况。波束故障恢复可以帮助基站或用户根据波束测量结果调整当前故障波束到可用的波束，从而避免波束失准造成的频繁无线链路失败。在NR(New Radio，新空口)中定义了波束失败恢复过程，但只考虑了CORESET(Control Resource Set，控制资源集合)的个数比较少的情形，当CORESET的个数或待检测的频域带宽很多时，如何在降低终端检测复杂度的同时，快速地进行波束失败恢复，并提高链路的鲁棒性是一个亟待解决的问题。类似的，在无线链路检测中也有这个问题，终端能够检测的无线链路检测参考信号数量有限，如何在保证终端检测复杂度的同时，进行有效的无线链路检测也是一个亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种信息的确定方法及装置、对应关系的确定方法及装置、设备、介质，以解决当CORESET的个数或频域带宽很多时，如何在降低终端检测复杂度的同时，快速地进行波束失败恢复并提高链路的鲁棒性的问题，以及解决如何在保证终端检测复杂度的同时，进行有效的无线链路检测的问题。
本申请实施例提供了一种信息的确定方法，包括：
根据第一信息确定第二信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括如下至少之一：搜索空间的时域参数、CORESET组、CORESET集合、CORESET的数量、频域带宽的数量、频域带宽组、PUCCH资源组、第一类波束失败恢复参数、信令信息、预定规则；
所述第二信息包括如下至少之一：第二类波束失败恢复参数、无线链路参 考信号、MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽、MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH资源、下行信道或信号的准共址参数。
本申请实施例还提供了一种对应关系的确定方法，包括：
根据信令信息和/或预定规则，确定第一对应关系；
所述第一对应关系包括如下至少之一：N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系；第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系；
其中，所述N、M是大于或者等于1的正整数，所述第三信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：CORESET组，频域带宽组。
本申请实施例还提供了一种信息的确定装置，包括：
信息确定模块，设置为根据第一信息确定第二信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括如下至少之一：搜索空间的时域参数、CORESET组、CORESET集合、CORESET的数量、频域带宽的数量、频域带宽组、PUCCH资源组、第一类波束失败恢复参数、信令信息、预定规则；
所述第二信息包括如下至少之一：第二类波束失败恢复参数、无线链路参考信号、MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽、MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH资源、下行信道或信号的准共址参数。
本申请实施例还提供了一种对应关系的确定装置，包括：
对应关系确定模块，设置为根据信令信息和/或预定规则，确定第一对应关系；
所述第一对应关系包括如下至少之一：N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系；第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系；
其中，所述N、M是大于或者等于1的正整数，所述第三信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：CORESET组，频域带宽组。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信设备，包括：一个或多个处理器；存储器，用于存储一个或多个程序；当所述一个或多个程序被所述一个或多个处理器执行，使得所述一个或多个处理器实现如本申请任意实施例所述的信息的确定方法。
本申请实施例还提供了一种存储介质，所述存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如本申请任意实施例所述的信息的确定方法。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信设备，包括：一个或多个处理器；存储器， 用于存储一个或多个程序；当所述一个或多个程序被所述一个或多个处理器执行，使得所述一个或多个处理器实现如本申请任意实施例所述的对应关系的确定方法。
本申请实施例还提供了一种存储介质，所述存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如本申请任意实施例所述的对应关系的确定方法。
附图说明
图1是本申请提供的一种信息的确定方法的流程示意图；
图2是本申请提供的一种搜索空间的对比示意图；
图3是本申请提供的一种对应关系的确定方法的流程示意图；
图4是本申请提供的一种信息的确定装置的结构示意图；
图5是本申请提供的一种对应关系的确定装置的结构示意图；
图6是本申请提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图；
图7是本申请提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下文中将结合附图对本申请的实施例进行说明。
在描述本申请提供的实施方式之前，首先对相关概念进行示例性地解释说明。
在本申请中，A值指的是如下中的一种或多种：波束失败检测参考信号集合中包括的参考信号的最大个数；无线链路检测参考信号集合中包括的参考信号的最大个数；所述A值是预定类参考信号的最大个数，其中，所述一个预定类参考信号用于波束失败检测和/或用于无线链路检测。例如，A值等于2，或者A值根据CORESET组的个数确定，CORESET组的个数越大，A值越大，比如当存一个CORESET组的时候，所述A值为2，当存2个CORESET组的时候，所述A值为4。和/或根据CORESET的个数确定A值，CORESET的个数越大，A值越大。和/或根据CORESET中关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号的个数确定A值，比如CORESET中关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号的个数越大，所述A值越大。
如表1所示，无线链路检测参考信号的个数A为表1中的N RLM，预定类参考信号的最大个数A为表1中的N LR-RLM，在表1中A值根据SSB(Synchronization  Signal physical broadcast channel Block，同步信号物理广播信道块)的最大个数L max确定。
表1
Figure PCTCN2020127023-appb-000001
在本申请中，所述CORESET的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号包括与所述CORESET中的PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel，物理下行控制信道)的DMRS(Demodulation Reference Signal，解调参考信号)关于所述预定准共址参数满足准共址关系的准共址参考信号。
在本申请中，信息a根据信息b获取包括如下之一：信息a的获取参数中包括信息b，信息a就是信息b。
在本申请中，两个信息之间有关联包括如下至少之一：根据其中一个信息获取另一个信息；两个信息之间有对应关系；根据一个信息的取值确定另一个信息的取值范围；两个信息的一些组合不能同时出现。
在本申请中，CC(Component Carrier，分量载波)也可以称为服务小区(serving cell)。
在本申请中，CC1的的波束失败检测参考信号位于CC1中，也可以位于其他CC中。除非特别声明，下面描述中，波束失败检测参考信号为一个CC的波束失败检测参考信号。
在本申请中，一个CC的的候选参考信号可以位于本CC中也可以位于其他CC中。除非特别声明，下面描述中，候选参考信号为一个CC的候选参考信号。
在本申请中，所述PDSCH(Physical Downlink Shared Channel，物理下行共享信道)的TCI(Transmission Configuration Indication，传输配置指示)状态标识(state-Identifier，state-ID)的激活或更新信令也可以称为DCI(Downlink ControlInformation，下行控制信息)中的TCI指示域的比特域值码位(codepoint)和TCI state-ID的映射表格的激活或更新信令，PDSCH的TCI state-ID根据调度PDSCH的DCI中的TCI域指示的codepoint值和所述映射表格确定。
在本申请中，高层信令包括物理控制信道之外的信令，比如RRC(Radio Resource Control，无线资源控制)信令，MAC-CE(Medium Access Control-Control  Element，媒体接入控制-控制单元)信令中的一种或多种。
在本申请中，参考信号和参考信号集合等效，即表示一个或者多个参考信号，其中所述参考信号包括如下参考信号中的至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号，无线链路检测参考信号，新参考信号。
在本申请中，新参考信号也可以称为在候选参考信号集合中选择的参考信号。
在本申请中波束失败恢复过程包括如下过程中的一种或多种：
(1)波束失败检测过程，通过检测波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号确定是否发生波束失败事件。当波束失败检测参考信号集合中的所有参考信号的性能都低于预定阈值的情况下，终端记录一次波束失败时刻，当波束失败时刻达到预定次数时，终端认为发生波束失败事件。其中，在统计波束失败时刻时，连续的两次波束失败时刻之间的最大间隔不能超过波束失败检测计时器的最大时长，每收到一次波束失败时刻，就启动或重启波束失败检测计时器。如果波束失败检测计时器结束的时候一直没有检测到波束失败时刻，则将波束失败时刻累积值清零。
(2)发送波束失败请求信息，当检测到波束失败事件的情况下，终端向基站发送波束失败请求信息。发送波束失败请求信息的方法有如下两种：
发送波束失败请求信息的方法一：如果是特殊小区Spcell(Special cell)，包括主小区(Primary cell)和/或Primary SCG(Secondary Cell Group，辅小区组)cell的波束失败恢复过程，通过发送PRACH(Physical Random Access Channel，物理随机接入信道)发送波束失败请求信息。其中，在发送波束失败请求信息之前，基站通过信令信息建立PRACH资源和候选参考信号集合中的参考信号之间的关联关系，基站收到终端发送的PRACH资源之后，即可确定终端在候选参考信号集合中选择的参考信号，即新参考信号。可以理解为，候选参考信号集合中的不同参考信号对应不同的发送波束，新参考信号可以理解为终端在候选参考信号集合代表的多个发送波束中选择的波束。其中，不同PRACH资源根据PRACH所在的频域资源、时域资源、码域资源、空域资源中的一种或多种口进行区别，空域资源包括空间发送滤波器，比如给PRACH配置空间关系信息，空间关系信息中包括下行参考信号或上行参考信号，PRACH的空间发送滤波器根据空间关系信息中配置的下行参考信号的接收滤波器得到，或者PRACH的空间发送滤波器根据空间关系信息中配置的上行参考的发送滤波器得到。
发送波束失败请求信息的方法二：如果是辅小区(Secondary cell，Scell)的波束失败恢复过程，则发送波束失败请求信息分为2步，在第一步中终端发送 资源请求调度请求(Scheduling Request，SR)信息，其中此资源请求SR是专门为Scell的波束失败恢复配置的SR(以下称为波束失败恢复SR)，在第一步中SR并不携带新参考信号信息和/或失败的Scell索引信息，只是告诉基站Scell发生了波束失败，基站收到波束失败恢复请求信息之后，基站给终端分配PUSCH(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，物理上行共享信道)，在第二步中终端在PUSCH中携带新参考信号信息和/或失败的Scell索引信息。第一步的信息/或第二步的信息在Pcell上发送，或在可以发送上行信道的Scell中发送。
对于既有下行又有上行的Scell，即此Scell中可以发送PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel，物理上行链路控制信道)，PUSCH中的一种或多种的Scell，可以采用上述发送波束失败请求信的方法一或方法二，方法一中PRACH可以在波束失败的Scell上，也可以建立Scell中的PUCCH资源和候选参考信号集合中的参考信号之间的对应关系，通过发送PUCCH资源发送波束失败请求信息。
(3)检测波束失败响应。如果采用波束失败请求信息的发送方法一，则在失败的cell中的波束失败恢复CORESET中检测到下行控制信道，就认为波束失败请求信息发送成功，停止发送波束失败请求信息。如果采用波束失败请求信息的发送方式二，终端发送第二步中的PUSCH之后，如果收到和所述PUSCH相同进程而且指示终端发送新数据的调度就认为第二步中的信息发送成功，即收到了基站发送的波束失败响应信息。
(4)发送波束失败请求信息之后的第一预定时刻开始，预定下行信道或信号的准共址参考信号的确定规则。比如波束失败恢复搜索空间关联的CORESET中的PDCCH的解调参考信号的准共址参考信号根据波束失败请求信息中上报的新参考信号指示确定，波束失败恢复搜索空间中PDCCH调度的PDSCH的解调参考信号的准共址参考信号也根据波束失败请求信息中上报的新参考信号获取。
(5)收到波束响应信息之后的第二预定时刻开始，预定上行信道的空间发送滤波器信息确定规则。比如波束失败频域带宽中的PUCCH的空间关系信息根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号的空间发送滤波器确定，或者波束失败频域带宽中的PUCCH的空间关系信息根据新参考信号信息确定。如果是在Scell上采用发送PUCCH的方式发送波束失败请求信息，则该PUCCH的发送空间滤波器根据所述新参考信号指示信息确定。
在一个示例性实施方式中，图1为本申请提供的一种信息的确定方法的流程示意图。该方法可以适用于CORESET个数很多或频域带宽很多时进行波束 故障恢复的情况。该方法可以由本申请提供的信息的确定装置执行，该信息的确定方装置可以由软件和/或硬件实现，并集成通信设备中，例如是UE(User Equipment，用户终端)中。
如图1所示，本申请提供的一种信息的确定方法，包括：
S120、根据第一信息确定第二信息。
所述第一信息包括如下至少之一：搜索空间的时域参数、CORESET组、CORESET集合、CORESET的数量、频域带宽的数量、频域带宽组、PUCCH资源组、第一类波束失败恢复参数、信令信息、预定规则。
所述第二信息包括如下至少之一：第二类波束失败恢复参数、无线链路参考信号、MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽、MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH资源、下行信道或信号的准共址参数。
在本申请中，除非特别声明，否则一个CORESET组中包括一个或者多个频域带宽中的CORESET，一个频域带宽包括如下之一：服务小区，载波，BWP(BandWidth Part，带宽部分)，一个PRB(Physical Resource Block，物理资源块)集合。其中，一个PRB集合中包括连续的PRB或非连续的PRB。一个CORESET组中的CORESET可以配置包括相同的标识信息，其中，标识信息可以理解是CORESET组的标识或者其他名称。
在本申请中，一个CORESET集合中包括的CORESET的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号相同，或者所述一个CORESET集合中的CORESET关于预定准共址参数满足准共址关系。不同CORESET集合中的CORESET的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号不同，或者不同CORESET集合中的CORESET关于预定准共址参数不满足准共址关系。其中，所述预定准共址参数包括如下参数中的一种或多种：空间接收参数(Spatial Rx parameter)、多普勒频移(Doppler shift)、多普勒扩展(Doppler spread)、平均延迟(average delay)、延迟扩展(delay spread)，平均增益(average gain)。
在一示例中，所述CORESET集合满足如下特征中的至少之一：
相同CORESET集合中的CORESET关于预定准共址参数满足准共址关系；相同CORESET集合中的CORESET的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号相同；不同CORESET集合中的CORESET关于预定准共址参数不满足准共址关系；不同CORESET集合中的CORESET的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号不同。
在一示例中，所述波束失败恢复参数包括如下至少之一：
波束失败检测参考信号集合；候选参考信号集合；新参考信号；根据新参 考信号获取准共址参考信号的下行信道和/或信号；根据新参考信号获取空间发送滤波参数的上行信道和/或信号；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号的空间发送滤波器，获取空间发送滤波器信息的上行信道或信号；波束失败检测计数器；波束失败请求信息发送次数计数器；波束失败检测计时器；波束失败恢复计时器；监听计时器；包括波束失败请求信息的信道或信号；包含监听波束失败响应信息的波束失败恢复控制信道资源；与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；一个频域带宽的波束失败恢复参数；包括波束失败请求信息的资源请求信息的SR对应的优先级；为波束失败恢复过程配置或确定的参数。
在一示例中，所述上行信道包括PUCCH，其中所述PUCCH满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述PUCCH属于一个PUCCH组；所述PUCCH关联预定CORESET组；所述PUCCH包括属于不同PUCCH组中的PUCCH。
在一示例中，所述搜索空间的时域参数包括如下至少之一：
所述搜索空间的周期；所述搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量；所述搜索空间在一个周期中的检测时机的数量；所述搜索空间的一个检测时机持续的时隙数量。
上述技术方案是针对CORESET个数很多或频域带宽个数很多的情形而提出的，能够解决如何在降低终端检测复杂度的同时，快速地进行波束失败恢复并提高链路的鲁棒性的问题，解决如何在保证终端检测复杂度的同时，进行有效的无线链路检测的问题。
在一示例中，根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括：
根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET；根据所述第一类CORESET确定所述第二信息；所述第一类CORESET中最多包括A个CORESET，或所述第一类CORESET中最多包括A个CORESET集合，所述A是大于或者等于1的正整数。
第一类CORESET中包括一个或多个CORESET，或所述第一类CORESET中包括一个频域带宽的CORESET，或所述第一类CORESET包括的CORESET个数小于或等于一个频域带宽中包括的CORESET个数。所述第一类CORESET用于确定所述第二信息。在一个频域带宽中不属于所述第一类CORESET的CORESET不用于确定所述第二信息，比如不用于确定波束失败检测参考信号，不根据新参考信号获取准共址参考信号。
在一示例中，所述第二信息中包括参考信号集合，其中，所述参考信号集 合包括如下参考信号集合中的至少之一：
波束失败检测参考信号集合；无线链路检测参考信号集合；新参考信号集合；其中，所述参考信号集合中最多包括A个参考信号，所述A是大于或者等于1的正整数。
在一示例中，所述A的值与如下信息中的至少之一之间有关联：CORESET组的数量；CORESET的数量；上报的能力信息；频域带宽组的数量；SSB的最大个数。
所述能力信息可以为终端上报的处理所述参考信号集合的能力信息，例如可以是终端上报的所述参考信号集合中能够包括的参考信号最大数量。
在一示例中，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括如下至少之一：
在频域带宽的数量大于第一预定值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第二信息；在配置了所述第二信息的频域带宽的数量大于第二预定值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第二信息；在所述频域带宽组中第一类参考信号的总数量大于第三预定值的情况下，根据第一信息确定所述第二信息；在预定时间段内，当所述频域带宽组中所述第一类参考信号的总数量大于第四预定值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第二信息；其中，所述第一类参考信号包括如下至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号，无线链路检测参考信号，新参考信号。
上述频域带宽组中每个频域带宽都配置了第二信息。也可以称为第一类频域带宽组。
在一示例中，所述根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET的实施方式，包括如下之一：
根据目标CORESET组中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET；由在每个CORESET组中选择的一个CORESET构成所述第一类CORESET。
先保持CORESET组中的CORESET优先等级不变，CORESET组索引递增、然后再CORESET组中CORESET的优先等级递减的顺序确定CORESET作为所述第一类CORESET，比如按照这样的顺序在一个频域带宽中的CORESET中选择所述第一类CORESET。
先保持CORESET组索引不变，CORESET组中的CORESET优先等级依次递减、然后再CORESET组索引递增的顺序确定所述第一类CORESET。
根据CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数确定所述第一类CORESET。
根据一个频域带宽组中的一个频域带宽中的CORESET确定所述第一类 CORESET；可以参考下述应用实施例4中的第三种方式。
根据一个频域带宽组中的频域带宽索引满足预定特征的一个频域带宽中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET；可以参考下述应用实施例4中的第三种方式。
根据频域带宽索引满足预定特征的频域带宽中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET；可以参考下述应用实施例4中的描述。
根据波束失败检测参考信号确定所述第一类CORESET；可以参考下述应用实施例6中的方案7和方案11的描述。
根据与新参考信号对应的CORESET获取所述第一类CORESET，其中，所述新参考信号与CORESET之间的对应关系是根据信令信息获取的；可以参考下述应用实施例6中的方案13中的描述。
根据频域带宽是否为主频域带宽确定所述第一类CORESET。可以参考下述应用实施例6中的方案14中的描述。
在根据一个频域带宽组中的频域带宽索引满足预定特征的一个频域带宽中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET的情况下，该频域带宽组中满足预定特征的频域带宽可能是只有一个，比如是这个频域带宽组中频域带宽索引最低(或最高)的频域带宽。此处的频域带宽组称为第二类频域带宽组，和上述第一类频域带宽组不同，在该频域带宽组中不是每个频域带宽中都配置了第二信息。
上述提到的确定所述第一类CORESET，也可以成为是选择所述第一类CORESET。
在一示例中，根据目标CORESET组中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET的情况下，所述目标CORESET组满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述目标CORESET组在各CORESET组中优先级最高；所述目标CORESET组的CORESET组索引满足预定特征；其中，所述CORESET组索引满足预定特征可以是所述CORESET组索引最高，或者所述CORESET组索引最低；所述目标CORESET组中包括关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET；所述目标CORESET组根据接收的信令信息获取，比如所述信令信息中包括用于确定所述第一类CORESET的CORESET组索引；所述目标CORESET组中包括的CORESET的数量在各CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的数量在各CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中包括CORESET索引满足预定特征的CORESET，比如所述CORESET组中包括最低CORESET索引的CORESET；所述目标CORESET组中包括的关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET的数量在各 CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中包括的关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET集合的数量在各CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中CORESET组的个数为1。
在一示例中，上述搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征可以是所述搜索空间的周期最短，所述搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机最多，所述搜索空间在一个周期中的检测时机最多，所述搜索空间的一个检测时机持续的时隙数量最多，等等。
在一示例中，根据目标CORESET组中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET的情况下，所述目标CORESET组根据如下信息中的至少之一确定：
CORESET组索引；CORESET组中包括的CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数；CORESET组中包括的CORESET的数量；CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的数量；CORESET组中包括的CORESET的索引。
以波束失败恢复参数为波束失败检测参考信号集合为例进行解释说明。波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号和一个CORESET组之间存在对应关系，比如波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号和一个CORESET组中的CORESET中的PDCCH的解调参考信号之间存在准共址关系，其中，波束失败检测参考信号集合中参考信号可以是配置的或根据隐式方式获取的。其中根据隐式方式获取的方式包括根据一个CORESET组中的CORESET的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号得到波束失败检测参考信号集合，比如一个频域带宽中总共有5个CORESET，将5个CORESET划分为两个组，其中CORESET组1中包括{CORESET1,CORESET2,CORESET4}，CORESET组2中包括{CORESET3,CORESET5}，而波束失败检测参考信号集合中只能包括2个参考信号，为此可以规定终端根据一个CORESET组中CORESET中确定，此时只检测一个CORESET组中的CORESET的链路性能。当该CORESET组中的链路性能比较差的时候(比如波束失败时刻达到预定次数时)，认为发生波束失败事件，上述确定波束失败检测参考信号集合的CORESET组即为目标CORESET组。
目标CORESET组满足如下特征中的至少之一：预定CORESET组、主CORESET组、CORESET组索引最低的CORESET组、基站通过信令信息配置的一个CORESET组、包括CORESET个数最多的CORESET、所述CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的个数最多、优先级高的CORESET组，其中，所述CORESET组的优先级根据所述CORESET组中的CORESET关联搜索空间的时域参数确定。
在一示例中，由在每个CORESET组中选择的一个CORESET构成所述第一 类CORESET时，波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号和多个CORESET组之间存在对应关系，在选择CORESET时，可以在每个CORESET组中选择的一个CORESET。
在一示例中，保持CORESET组中的CORESET优先等级不变，根据CORESET组索引递增、CORESET组中的优先等级递减的顺序选择所述第一类CORESET时，波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号和多于一个的CORESET组存在对应关系，此时可以将CORESET组中的CORESET按照优先级排序，先保持CORESET组中的CORESET等级不变，CORESET组递增，然后再CORESET组中的CORESET的等级递减的顺序选择CORESET，即轮流在CORETSET组中选择CORESET，然后根据选择的CORESET确定波束失败检测参考信号。其中CORESET的等级越高，表示所述CORESET被选择作为第一CORESET优先级越高。
例如，一个频域带宽中总共有5个CORESET，其中CORESET组1中包括{CORESET1,CORESET2,CORESET4}，CORESET组2中包括{CORESET3,CORESET5}，上述CORESET组中的CORESET优先级按照上述排列依次降低，如果A等于2，则最后选取的CORESET为{CORESET1,CORESET3}，即分别在两个CORESET组中选择一个CORESET。如果A等于3，则最后选取的CORESET为{CORESET1,CORESET3,CORESET2}，即先选择CORESET组1中的CORESET1，然后再先选择CORESET组2中的CORESET3，然后再选择CORESET组1中的CORESET2。
在一示例中，先保持CORESET组索引不变，将根据CORESET组中的CORESET优先等级依次递减、然后再CORESET组索引递增的顺序确定的CORESET作为所述第一类CORESET时，波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号和多于一个的CORESET组存在对应关系，此时可以将CORESET组中的CORESET按照优先级排序，先保持CORESET组索引不变(即CORESET组的等级不变)，CORESET组中的CORESET优先等级依次递减，然后再CORESET组索引递增的顺序选择CORESET，即在一个CORESET组中选完，再在下一个组中选择，然后根据选择的CORESET确定波束失败检测参考信号。上述是CORESET组索引递增的顺序，也可以是CORESET组索引递减的顺序。上述CORESET等级排序的时候，属于一个CORESET集合的CORESET对应同一个等级，即在一个CORESET集合中只选择一个CORESET归入所述第一类CORESET中。
当只有一个CORESET组的时候，可以根据CORESET的优先级确定波束失败检测参考信号集合，当有多于一个的CORESET组的时候，既可以根据上述 关于波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号和多个CORESET组之间存在对应关系的方案来确定波束失败检测参考信号集合，也可以根据波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号和一个CORESET组之间存在对应关系的方案来确定波束失败检测参考信号集合。
波束失败检测参考信号集合中实际包括的参考信号的个数B根据CORESET组的个数确定，比如CORESET组越多，波束失败检测参考信号集合中最多包括的参考信号的个数A值和/或实际包括的参考信号的个数B值越大。
针对一个BWP最多可以配置5个CORESET，而波束恢复的检测参考信号或者无线链路检测参考信号只有2个情形，上述技术方案给出了如何在这5个CORESET中确定要检测的参考信号的解决方案。在一示例中，还可以根据CORESET个数确定参考信号集合，其中所述参考信号集合包括以下至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号集合，无线链路检测参考信号集合。可以参考下述应用实施例2中描述的方法。
在一示例中，根据CORESET集合的个数确定参考信号集合，其中所述参考信号集合包括以下至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号集合，无线链路检测参考信号。以下以波束失败检测参考信号集合为例进行讲述。可以参考下述应用实施例3中描述的方法。
在一示例中，所述根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET，包括：
根据CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数在一个频域带宽包括的CORESET中确定所述第一类CORESET，或根据CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数在一个CORESET组包括的CORESET中确定所述第一类CORESET。
所述搜索空间的时域参数包括如下至少之一：
所述搜索空间的周期；所述搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量；所述搜索空间在一个周期中的检测时机的数量；所述搜索空间的一个检测时机持续的时隙数量。
在一示例中，所述第一类CORESET包括A个CORESET，其中所述A个CORESET关联的A个搜索空间满足如下特征之一：
周期最短的A个搜索空间；比如一个BWP中有5个CORESET，最终选择2个CORESET是5个CORESET中关联的搜索空间周期最短的2个CORESET中，此时周期最短2个搜索空间可能并不是绝对最小的，因为要考虑一个CORESET关联周期最短和次短的，此处的最短是以CORESET级别看待的。
在一个时隙中的检测时机最多的A个搜索空间。
一个检测时机持续的时隙数量最大的A个搜索空间。
时域密度最高的A个搜索空间，所述时域密度根据所述时域参数确定。
所述第一类CORESET中最多包括A个CORESET，或所述第一类CORESET中最多包括A个CORESET集合，所述A是大于或者等于1的正整数。
在一示例中，所述时域密度根据如下信息之一确定：
第一商值，其中所述第一商值等于第一乘积与搜索空间的周期的商，第一乘积等于搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量与搜索空间的一个检测时机持续的时隙数量的乘积；第二商值，其中第二商值等于搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量与搜索空间的周期的商。
根据搜索空间的时域参数确定CORESET组的优先级或CORESET组中的CORESET的优先级，可以参考下述应用实施例1中的描述。
在一示例中，还可以在一个频域带宽组中预定的一个频域带宽中的CORESET中选择所述第一类CORESET，或者在频域带宽索引满足预定特征的频域带宽中的CORESET中选择所述第一类CORESET。可以参考下述应用实施例4中的描述。
在一示例中，频域带宽组和波束失败恢复参数之间有关联。可以参考应用实施例6中的方案2，方案4，方案6，方案8，方案10，以及应用实施例8所示。
在一示例中，还可以根据与新参考信号对应的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET，其中，所述新参考信息与CORESET之间的对应关系是根据信令信息获取的。可以参考下述应用实施例6中的方案13中的描述。
在一示例中，还可以根据频域带宽是否为主频域带宽确定所述第一类CORESET。可以参考下述应用实施例6中的方案14所述的方法。
在一示例中，在所述第一信息包括信令信息和/或频域带宽组，所述第二信息包括波束失败恢复参数的情况下，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括如下至少之一：
第一时刻开始，第二频域带宽中的预定下行信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中所述第二参考信号和第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间有对应关系，其中，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于相同的所述频域带宽组；第二时刻开始，第二频域带宽中的预定上行信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器根据所述第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取，其中，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于相同的所述频域带宽组；第三时刻开始，所述 频域带宽组中每个频域带宽中的预定下行信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中，所述第二参考信号和第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间有对应关系，所述频域带宽组中包括所述第一频域带宽；第四时刻开始，所述频域带宽组中每个频域带宽中的预定上行信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器根据第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取，其中，所述频域带宽组中包括所述第一频域带宽；第五时刻开始，第一频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取的情况下，第二频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中所述第二参考信号和所述第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间具有对应关系，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于同一个频域带宽组，第一频域带宽中的CORESET与第二频域带宽中的CORESET的CORESET索引相同；根据信令信息确定，所述第一时刻开始，仅第一频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号获取，还是所述第一频域带宽所在的频域带宽组中，每个频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号都根据第二参考信号。
在上述示例中，还包括如下特征中的至少之一：
所述新参考信号在所述第一频域带宽中；所述第二参考信号在所述第二频域带宽中；所述第二参考信号关联预定类型的准共址参考信号；所述第二参考信号和所述预定下行信道和/或信号在相同的频域带宽中；所述第二参考信号和所述新参考信号所在的传输配置指示状态TCI state索引差值固定；所述第二参考信号和所述新参考信号所在资源的索引差值固定；所述第二参考信号就是所述第一频域带宽中的新参考信号；在所述第一频域带宽和所述预定下行信道和/或信号在相同的服务小区的情况下，所述第二参考信号就是所述第一频域带宽中的新参考信号。
所述预定下行信道包括如下信道中的至少之一：
第一类CORESET；第一类CORESET中PDCCH调度的下行信道；其中，所述第一类CORESET根据所述第一信息确定。
在一示例中，所述根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET的实施方式，包括如下之一：
所述目标CORESET组在各CORESET组中优先级最高；所述目标CORESET组的CORESET组索引满足预定特征；所述目标CORESET组中包括关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET；所述目标CORESET组根据接收的信令信息获取；所述目标CORESET组中包括的CORESET的数量在各CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的数量在各CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中包括CORESET索引满足预 定特征的CORESET；所述目标CORESET组中包括的关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET的数量在各CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中包括的关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET集合的数量在各CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中CORESET组的个数为1。
在一示例中，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括如下至少之一：
根据预定规则确定激活或更新第一类所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽，其中预定规则包括当RRC信令配置了所述频域带宽组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的频域带宽索引对应的频域带宽所在的频域带宽组，或包括所述频域带宽组；根据预定规则确定激活或更新第一类所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽，其中预定规则包括当RRC信令没有配置频域带宽组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的频域带宽索引对应的频域带宽；根据预定规则确定激活或更新PUCCH空间关系信息的所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH，其中预定规则包括当RRC信令配置了PUCCH组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的PUCCH资源索引对应的PUCCH资源所在的PUCCH资源组，或所述PUCCH资源组；根据预定规则确定激活或更新PUCCH空间关系信息的所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH，其中预定规则包括没有配置PUCCH组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的PUCCH资源索引对应的PUCCH资源；根据信令信息确定所述MAC-CE信令对应的是频域带宽还是频域带宽组；根据MAC-CE信令激活或更新频域带宽组中每个频域频域带宽中的预定PUCCH资源组索引的PUCCH资源的空间关系信息。
所述第一类MAC-CE包括如下之一：激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的MAC-CE；激活或更新CORESET的TCI state ID的MAC-CE；激活或更新PUCCH空间关系的PUCCH；激活或更新PUCCH资源组的空间关系的PUCCH。可以参考下述应用实施例10中的描述。
所述频域带宽组满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述频域带宽组的划分情况根据信令信息确定；一个主小区组MCG中包括一个或者多个所述频域带宽组；一个辅小区组SCG中包括一个或者多个所述频域带宽组；所述频域带宽组共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；所述频域带宽组中相同CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；所述频域带宽组共享激活或更新PUCCH的空间关系信息的高层信令；所述频域带宽组共享激活或更新PUCCH资源组的空间关系信 息的高层信令；所述频域带宽组包括一个服务小区中的BWP，比如一个serving cell中的所有BWP。
在一示例中，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括：
第六时刻开始，CORESET组中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据与所述CORESET组对应的新参考信号获取，其中，每个新参考信号分别对应一个CORESET组，一个频域带宽的新参考信号上报信息中包括多于一个的新参考信号的指示信息，所述多于一个的新参考信号与所述CORESET组之间存在对应关系。其中第一信息是CORESET组，第二信息是根据新参考信号获取准共址参考信号的CORESET。
每个新参考信号分别对应一个CORESET组指的是不同的新参考信号对应不同的COREST组。
在一示例中，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，还包括：
根据波束失败检测参考信号集合获取如下至少之一：
根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的预定下行信道和/或信号；根据新参考信号确定空间发送滤波器参数的上行信道或信号；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号确定空间发送滤波器参数的上行信道或信号。
上述“根据波束失败检测参考信号集合获取如下至少之一”中的波束失败检测参考信号集合为第一类波束失败恢复参数；“根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的预定下行信道和/或信号；根据新参考信号确定空间发送滤波器参数的上行信道或信号；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号确定空间发送滤波器参数的上行信道或信号”为第二类波束失败恢复参数。
在上述示例中，第七时刻开始，所述预定的下行信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号根据新参考信号更新；其中，所述预定下行信道包括第三类CORESET与第三类CORESET调度的PDSCH中的一种或多种；在所述第七时刻之前，所述第三类CORESET和波束失败检测参考集合中的参考信号满足准共址关系，或所述波束失败检测参考信号根据所述CORESET的准共址参考信号获取。
上述各示例中的所述第一时刻，所述第二时刻，所述第三时刻，所述第四时刻，所述第五时刻，所示第六时刻，第七时刻中的一种或多种包括如下时刻之一：
发送第一频域带宽的波束失败请求信息之后的预定时刻；收到第一频域带宽的波束失败请求信息的响应信息之后的预定时刻；根据波束失败请求信息的发送方式确定的时刻。
所述第一频域带宽中配置了波束失败恢复参数，或第一频域带宽称为波束失败频域带宽。
所述第一频域带宽所在的频域带宽组中的频域带宽共享如下信令信息至少之一：共享PDSCH的TCI state激活MAC-CE信令，共享PDSCH的TCI state配置RRC信令，共享CORESET的TCI state激活MAC-CE信令，共享CORESET的TCI state配置RRC信令。
或者当所述频域带宽为BWP的时候，所述第一频域带宽所在的频域带宽组包括一个CC中的所有BWP。
当采用发送波束失败请求信息的方法一时，则在发送波束失败请求之后预定时刻开始，上述确定的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号确定；当采用发送波束失败请求信息的方法二时，则在收到第二步中发送的包括波束失败请求信息的响应信息之后预定时刻开始，上述确定的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号确定。
当上述CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号得到的情况下，所述CORESET中调度的PDSCH的准共址参考信号也可以根据所述新参考信号获取。
在上述技术方案中，实现了基于频域带宽组的波束恢复。
在一示例中，根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET，包括：
在所述第二类CORESET中确定所述第一类CORESET，其中在每个CORESET集合中选择的一个CORESET构成第二类CORESET，或由一个频域带宽中的CORESET构成所述第二类CORESET。
在一示例中，在所述第二类CORESET中确定所述第一类CORESET，包括如下至少之一：
在所述第二类CORESET中根据所述第一信息确定所述第一类CORESET；在第二类CORESET中CORESET的数量大于所述A值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第一类CORESET；在第二类CORESET中CORESET的数量小于或等于所述A值的情况下，所述第一类CORESET包括所述第二类CORESET。
在上述技术方案的基础上，所述根据第一类CORESET确定第二信息，包括如下至少之一：
根据所述第一类CORESET确定波束失败检测参考信号；根据所述第一类CORESET确定无线链路检测参考信号；根据所述第一类CORESET确定根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的下行信道或信号；根据所述第一类CORESET 确定上行信道或信号，其中，所述上行信道或信号的空间发送滤波器根据新参考信号确定；根据所述第一类CORESET确定上行信道或信号，其中，所述上行信道或信号的空间发送滤波器根据包括波束失败请求信息的信道和/或信号确定；根据第一类CORESET确定与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；根据第一类CORESET确定与无线链路检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET。
还包括如下至少之一：
根据一个CORESET的m个准共址参考信号中的n个准共址参考信号获取n个参考信号，其中所述m个准共址参考信号都关联空间接收参数，其中所述m，n是大于或者等于1的正整数；根据p个新参考信号获取一个CORESET的m个资源组中q个资源组对应的准共址参考信号，其中所述p，q是大于或者等于1的正整数；一个CORESET的m个资源组中的z个资源组和参考信号之间满足准共址关系，其中z为小于或等于m的正整数。
所述参考信号包括如下至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号，新参考信号，无线链路检测参考信号，一个CORESET关联m资源组，每个资源组对应一个准共址参考信号集合。可以参考应用实施例13中描述。
所述根据所述第一类CORESET确定根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的下行信道或信号的情况下，一个频域带宽中不属于所述第一类CORESET的CORESET的准共址参考信号不根据所述新参考信号更新，和/或，一个频域带宽中属于所述第一类CORESET的CORESET的准共址参考信号不根据所述新参考信号更新。
在一示例中，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，还包括：
根据信令信息确定下行信道或信号的准共址参数的套数，其中所述信令信息中包括PDSCH的方案(scheme)信息，所述下行信道或信号和调度所述下行信道或信号的PDCCH之间的时间间隔小于预定值，当准共址参数的套数大于1的情况下，不同套准共址参数中包括同一类准共址参数；和/或
根据通信节点上报的能力信息确定可接收的PDSCH的scheme范围，其中所述能力信息中包括同一时刻接收的信道或信号关联的空间接收参数的套数，其中所述通信节点包括接收所述PDSCH的通信节点。可以参考下述应用实施例14中的描述。
上述技术方案，针对PDSCH的默认波束究竟应该是几个，如何实现终端省电的同时满足系统需求的技术问题，给出了解决方案，即根据PDSCH的scheme确定默认波束的数量。
在一示例中，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，还包括：
根据预定规则确定波束失败请求信息所在的信道或信号的优先级，其中波束失败请求信息对应的优先级是预定优先级；根据信令信息确定波束失败请求信息所在的信道或信号的优先级。
在一示例中，波束失败请求信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：新参考信息，至少一个频域带宽上发生了波束失败事件；波束失败请求信息所在的信道包括PUCCH；波束失败请求信息所在的信道包括SR-PUCCH；波束失败请求信息所在的信道的优先级为第一优先级，其中存在两个优先级；波束失败请求信息所在的信道的优先级为第二优先级，其中存在三个优先级。可以参考下述应用实施例15中的描述。
上述技术方案，解决了SR-BFR和逻辑信道的两级SR之间的优先级选择，以及和HARQ-ACK的复用问题。
在一个示例性实施方式中，图3为本申请提供的一种对应关系的确定方法的流程示意图。该方法可以适用于CORESET个数很多时进行波束故障恢复的情况。该方法可以由本申请提供的对应关系的确定装置执行，该对应关系的确定装置可以由软件和/或硬件实现，并集成通信设备中，例如是UE中。
如图3所示，本申请提供的一种对应关系的确定方法，包括：
S220、根据信令信息和/或预定规则，确定第一对应关系。
所述第一对应关系包括如下至少之一：N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系；第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系；其中，所述N、M是大于或者等于1的正整数，所述第三信息包括如下信息至少之一：CORESET组，频域带宽组。
在本实施方式中，建立第三信息和波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系，其中，第三信息包括CORESET组和频域带宽组中的一个或者多个，波束失败恢复参数是波束失败恢复过程中配置的一个或者多个参数。
在一示例中，所述波束失败恢复参数包括如下参数中的至少之一：
波束失败检测参考信号集合；候选参考信号集合；新参考信号；根据新参考信号获取准共址参考信号的下行信道和/或信号；根据新参考信号获取空间发送滤波参数的上行信道和/或信号；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号的空间发送滤波器，获取空间发送滤波器信息的上行信道或信号；波束失败检测计数器；波束失败请求信息发送次数计数器；波束失败检测计时器；波束失败 恢复计时器；监听计时器；包括波束失败请求信息的信道或信号；包含监听波束失败响应信息的波束失败恢复控制信道资源；与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；一个频域带宽的波束失败恢复参数；包括波束失败请求信息的资源请求信息的SR对应的优先级；为波束失败恢复过程配置或确定的参数。
在一示例中，所述N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系，包括如下至少之一：
所述N个第三信息值分别对应N套波束失败恢复参数；所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一套波束失败恢复参数。
在一示例中，所述N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系，包括如下至少之一：
所述N个第三信息值对应一个波束失败检测参考信号；所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一个候选参考信号集合；所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一个新参考信号。
在一示例中，所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一个新参考信号的情况下，与第三信息值对应的新参考信号来自于与所述第三信息值对应的候选参考信号集合中。
可以参考下述应用实施例8。在一示例中，所述第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组满足如下特征之一：
第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组共享频域带宽组的划分信令；第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组分别对应一个频域带宽组的划分信令；第二类频域带宽组由第一类频域带宽组中包括预定CORESET索引的CORESET的频域带宽确定。
可以参考下述应用实施例9和应用实施例10。
为了描述前述技术方案，下述以应用实施例的形式进行阐述。
应用实施例1
在本实施例中，根据CORESET组确定波束失败检测参考信号集合和无线链路检测参考信号集合中的一种或多种。以下以确定波束失败检测参考信号为例进行讲述，同样的方法可以用于确定无线链路检测参考信号。所述根据CORESET组确定波束失败检测参考信号包括如下方案中的一种或多种：
方案1：波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号和一个CORESET组之间 存在对应关系，比如波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号和一个CORESET组中的CORESET中的PDCCH的解调参考信号之间存在准共址关系，其中波束失败检测参考信号集合中参考信号可以是配置的或根据隐式方式获取的，其中根据隐式方式获取包括根据一个CORESET组中的CORESET的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号得到波束失败检测参考信号集合，比如一个频域带宽中总共有5个CORESET，其中CORESET组1中包括{CORESET1,CORESET2,CORESET4}，CORESET组2中包括{CORESET3,CORESET5}，而波束失败检测参考信号集合中只能包括2个参考信号，为此可以规定终端根据一个CORESET组中CORESET中确定，此时只检测一个CORESET组中的CORESET的链路性能，当该CORESET组中的链路性能比较差的时候(比如波束失败时刻达到预定次数时)，认为发生波束失败事件，上述确定波束失败检测参考信号集合的CORESET组(以下称为第一CORESET组)满足如下特征中的至少之一：CORESET组是预定CORESET组，主CORESET组，CORESET组索引最低的CORESET组，基站通过信令信息配置的一个CORESET组，包括CORESET个数最多的CORESET，所述CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的个数最多，优先级高的CORESET组，比如所述CORESET组的优先级根据所述CORESET组中的CORESET关联搜索空间的时域参数确定。
方案2：当第一CORESET组中包括的CORESET的个数小于A值，或者第一CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的个数小于A值时，一种方式是波束失败检测参考信号集合中包括的参考信号个数小于所述A值，不再继续选择CORESET(即所述第一类CORESET)。另一种方式是继续根据第二CORESET组中的CORESET的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号确定波束失败参考信号集合中包括的参考信号。
在第一CORESET组中包括的CORESET的个数大于A值，或者所述第一CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的个数大于A值的情况下，根据第一CORESET组中的CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数确定CORESET的优先级，根据优先级高的CORESET或优先级高的A个CORESET集合(即所述第一类CORESET)确定波束失败检测参考信号集合。
方案3：波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号和多于一个的CORESET组存在对应关系，比如选择CORESET的时候，将CORESET组中的CORESET按照优先级排序得到CORESET在CORESET组中的相对索引，先保持CORESET组中的CORESET相对索引不变(即CORESET组中的CORESET的等级不变)，CORESET组递增，然后再CORESET组中的相对索引递增的顺序选择CORESET，即轮流在CORETSET组中选择CORESET，根据选择的 CORESET(即所述第一类CORESET)确定波束失败检测参考信号。
比如一个频域带宽中总共有5个CORESET，其中，CORESET组1中包括{CORESET1,CORESET2,CORESET4}，CORESET组2中包括{CORESET3,CORESET5}，上述CORESET组中的CORESET优先级按照上述排列依次降低，如果A等于2，则最后选取的CORESET为{CORESET1,CORESET3}即分别在两个CORESET组中选择一个CORESET。如果A等于3，则最后选取的CORESET为{CORESET1,CORESET3,CORESET2}，即先选择CORESET组1中的CORESET1，然后再先选择CORESET组2中的CORESET3，然后再选择CORESET组1中的CORESET2。
方案4：当只有一个CORESET组的时候，根据CORESET的优先级确定波束失败检测参考信号集合，当有多于一个的CORESET组的时候，根据上述方案1或方案2确定波束失败检测参考信号集合。
波束失败检测参考信号集合中包括的参考信号的个数B根据CORESET组的个数确定，比如CORESET组越多，A值和/或B值越大。
根据搜索空间的时域参数确定CORESET组的优先级或CORESET组中的CORESET的优先级，其中所述搜索空间的时域参数包括如下至少之一：搜索空间的周期(每个搜索空间独立配置，比如通过搜索空间中配置的monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset确定)，搜索空间在一个时隙(slot)中的检测时机(monitoring occasion，每个搜索空间独立配置，比如通过monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot配置)，搜索空间在两个周期之间连续检测的slot个数(每个搜索空间独立配置，比如通过搜索空间中的持续时间(duration)配置，即一个周期连续检测的slot个数，也可以称为一个搜索空间的一个occasion持续的slot个数，此时连续slot中的时域符号相同的occasion是算为一个occasion，当然本实施例也不排除连续slot中的时域符号相同的occasion算为不同的occasion，如图2所示，搜索空间1在一个周期中有6个检测时机，每个slot中2个检测时机，或者图2中搜索空间1在一个周期中有2个检测时机，每个检测时机的持续slot个数为3)。比如搜索空间所在的CORESET/CORESET组的优先级越高表示如下之一：搜索空间的周期越短；搜索空间在一个slot中的检测时机越多；搜索空间在一个周期中连续检测的slot个数越大；搜索空间的检测时域密度越高。比如优先级最高的CORESET组中包括关联如下搜索空间的CORESET，或优先级最高的CORESET关联如下搜索空间：周期最短的搜索空间，在一个slot中关联的检测时机最多的搜索空间，一个周期中包括的检测时机最多的搜索空间，搜索空间的检测时域密度最高的搜索空间，其中搜索空间的检测时域密度根据所述搜索空间的时域参数获取，比如时域密度为一个slot 中的检测时机个数*连续检测的slot个数duration/搜索空间周期，或者时域密度为一个slot中的检测时机个数/搜索空间周期。如图2所示，搜索空间1的周期虽然大于搜索空间2的周期，但是搜索空间1的时域密度大于搜索空间2。
当两个搜索空间的时域特性相同的时候，根据CORESET组索引或CORESET索引确定CORESET组或CORESET的优先级。比如CORESET组的索引越大(或越小)，CORSEET组的优先级越高，或CORESET的索引越大(或越小)CORSEET组的优先级越高，其中搜索空间的时域特性包括如下之一：搜索空间的周期；搜索空间在一个slot中的检测时机(monitoring occasion)；搜索空间在一个周期中连续检测的slot个数；搜索空间的检测时域密度。CORESET组的优先级还可以根据CORESET组中包括的CORESET的索引获取，比如包括最高CORESET索引的CORESET组为最高优先级的CORESET组，或包括最低CORESET索引的CORESET组为最高优先级的CORESET组。
在本实施例的另一种实施方式中，对于无线链路检测参考信号，根据SSB的最大个数和/或一个频域带宽中CORESET的个数确定所述无线链路检测参考信号，当SSB的最大个数为4的情况下，根据CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数和/或CORESET组确定所述第一类CORESET，根据所述第一类CORESET确定参考信号集合。当SSB的个数最大为8且CORESET的个数大于A的情况下，根据CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数和/或CORESET组确定所述第一类CORESET。
应用实施例2
在本实施中，根据CORESET个数确定参考信号集合，其中所述参考信号集合包括如下至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号集合，无线链路检测参考信号集合。以下以波束失败检测参考信号集合为例进行讲述。
当一个频域带宽中的CORESET的个数小于或者等于A时，根据所述频域带宽中每个CORESET的关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号获取所述波束失败检测参考信号集合。
当一个频域带宽中的CORESET的个数大于所述A值时，根据COREST组获取所述波束失败检测参考信号集合。可选地，所述根据CORESET组获取所述波束失败检测参考信号集合，包括应用实施例1中描述的方法。
所述CORESET的关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号包括所述CORESET中的PDCCH的DMRS和所述准共址参考信号关于空间接收参数满足准共址关系。
应用实施例3
在本实施例中，根据CORESET集合的个数确定参考信号集合，其中所述参考信号集合包括如下至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号集合，无线链路检测参考信号。以下以波束失败检测参考信号集合为例进行讲述。
当一个频域带宽中的CORESET集合的个数小于或者等于A时，根据所述频域带宽中每个CORESET集合中的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取所述波束失败检测参考信号集合。
当一个频域带宽中的CORESET的个数大于所述A值时，根据COREST组获取所述波束失败检测参考信号集合。可选地，所述根据CORESET组获取所述波束失败检测参考信号集合，包括应用实施例1中描述的方法。
上述根据CORESET集合获取参考信号集合也可以称为，先按照CORESET的优先级递减的顺序在一个频域带宽中的CORESET(或一个CORESET组包括的CORESET)选择第一类CORESET，直到所述第一类CORESET中选择了A个CORESET，或者把一个频域带宽中的CORESET都轮询完(或一个CORESET组包括的CORESET都轮询完)，其中当碰到一个CORESET和已经选到第一类CORESET中关于预定类准共址参数满足准共址关系的情况下，忽略此CORESET，继续下一个CORESET的选择。
应用实施例4
在本实施例中，根据CC，CC组，CORESET组中的一种或多种确定参考信号集合。
所述参考信号集合包括如下参考信号集合中的至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号集合，无线链路检测(Radio link monitoring)参考信号集合，以下以波束失败检测参考信号为例进行讲述。
当进行波束失败恢复过程的频域带宽的个数大于第一预定值时，或者多个频域带宽的波束失败检测参考信号的总个数大于第二预定值时，根据CC索引确定波束失败检测参考信号，比如一段时间内需要检测8个CC的波束失败检测参考信号，但是终端在一段时间内最多能检测3个CC的波束失败检测参考信号，为此可以采用如下方案中的一种或多种确定波束失败检测参考信号。
第一种方式是选择CC索引最低(或者最高)的3个CC的波束失败检测参考信号。
第二种方式是选择包括的CORESET组的个数满足预定条件的CC的波束失败检测参考信号，如果满足条件的CC的波束失败检测参考信号的个数还大于所述第二预定值，则可以根据CC索引和/或CC组索引确定一个或者多个CC的波束失败检测参考信号。
第三种方式是根据CC组确定波束失败检测参考信号，在一个CC组中，只选择一个CC，即在每个CC组中只进行一个CC的波束失败检测。
在判断所述多个频域带宽的波束失败检测参考信号的个数是否大于第二预定值的时候，其中所述多个频域带宽的波束失败检测参考信号通过基站配置的显式信令确定，和/或所述多个频域带宽的波束失败检测参考信号根据隐式方式获取，比如根据CC中的CORESET确定波束失败检测信号。
所述CC组共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state-ID MAC-CE信令。比如所述MAC-CE为所述CC组中的每个CC激活了相同的TCI state-ID集合，比如所述MAC-CE激活了{TCI state 1,TCI state 3,TCI state 8,TCI state 12}，则CC组中的每个CC中的{TCI state 1,TCI state 3,TCI state 8,TCI state 12}都被激活。可选地，所述RRC信令中会为每个CC或每个CC的每个BWP配置TCI state列表(list)，每个CC中激活的TCI state属于所述CC中的TCI state list。
和/或所述CC组共享激活或更新CORESET的TCI state-ID MAC-CE信令，比如所述MAC-CE信令为CORESET-1激活了TCI state-1，则所述CC组中每个CC中的CORESET-1都激活了TCI state-1，可选地，每个CC中的CORESET-1激活的TCI state-1属于所述CC中的CORESET-1中RRC信令配置的TCI state列表中的相对索引为1的TCI state-1，比如这个相对索引为TCI state-1的TCI state的绝对索引可以为其他值，比如TCI state-8。
应用实施例5
在本实施例中，频域带宽组和波束失败恢复参数之间有关联。
在一个频域带宽组中，只有一个频域带宽中配置波束失败恢复参数，只进行一个频域带宽的波束失败恢复过程。
所述频域带宽组中的频域带宽共享如下信令信息中的至少之一：共享PDSCH的TCI state激活MAC-CE信令，共享PDSCH的TCI state配置RRC信令，共享CORESET的TCI state激活MAC-CE信令，共享CORESET的TCI state配置RRC信令。
应用实施例6
在本实施例中，根据信令信息和/或预定规则确定根据新参考信号指示信息获取准共址参考信号或准共址参数的CORESET(即所述第一类CORESET，也是所述预定下行信道)。
可以采用如下方案中的一种或者多种确定根据新参考信号指示信息获取准共址参考信号或准共址参数的CORESET。
方案1：波束失败频域带宽中的第一CORESET组中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号指示信息获取，第二CORESET组中的CORESET的准共址参考信号不更新，其中第一CORESET组为优先级最高的CORESET组，所述CORESET组的优先级可以采用上述方法，即根据如下信息中的一种或多种确定CORESET组的优先级：CORESET组关联的搜索空间的时域参数，CORESET组的索引，CORESET组中包括的CORESET索引。或者所述第一CORESET组包括和波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET所在的CORESET组。
方案2：波束失败频域带宽所在的频域带宽组中每个频域带宽中的第一CORESET组中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号指示信息获取。其中所述每个频域带宽中第一CORESET组和所述波束失败频域带宽中第一CORESET组的组索引相同。
方案3：波束失败频域带宽中所有CORESET的准共址参考信号都根据新参考信号指示信息获取。
方案4：波束失败频域带宽所在的频域带宽组中每个频域带宽中所有CORESET组中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号指示信息获取。
方案5：波束失败频域带宽中和波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据新参考信号指示信息获取，所述频域带宽中和所述波束失败检测参考信号不满足准共址关系的CORESET的准共址参考信号不更新。比如一个频域带宽中配置了5个CORESET，而波束失败检测参考信号中包括2个参考信号：参考信号1和参考信号2，而{CORESET3,CORESET1}和参考信号1满足准共址关系，{CORESET4}和参考信号2满足准共址关系，则{CORESET3,CORESET1,CORESET4}的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号指示信息获取，{CORESET2，CORESET5}的准共址参考信号不更新。
方案6：波束失败频域带宽所在的频域带宽组中的每个频域带宽中和波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号指示信息获取。比如所述频域带宽组中的每个频域带宽中和波束失败检测参考信号集合中的参考信号关于空间接收参数满足准共址关系的CORESET，这些CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号指示信息获取。
方案7：波束失败频域带宽中用于获取波束失败检测参考信号的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号获取。
方案8：波束失败频域带宽中的CORESET(n)的准共址参考信号更新之后，波束失败频域带宽所在的频域带宽组中和所述CORESET(n)的索引相同的每个CORESET的准共址参考信号也进行更新，即频域带宽组中所有频域带宽中的CORESET(n)的准共址参考信号都进行更新。一实施例中，波束失败频域带宽为频域带宽1，频域带宽组中的频域带宽2中的CORESET(n)的准共址参考信号根据频域带宽2中的第二参考信号获取，其中第二参考信号束和所述新参考信号之间存在对应关系，比如第二参考信号所在的TCI state ID和新参考信号所在的TCI state ID一样，或者第二参考信号和所述新参考信号的资源索引相同，或者资源索引相差预定值。或者频域带宽2中的CORESET(n)的关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号为所述新参考信号，频域带宽2中的CORESET(n)的关联第二类准共址参数的准共址参考信号为所述第二参考信号。
方案9：波束失败频域带宽中的每个CORESET组中选择一个或者多个CORESET，选择的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号获取。
方案10：波束失败频域带宽所在的频域带宽组中的每个频域带宽中，在此频域带宽中的每个CORESET组中选择一个或者多个CORESET，选择的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号获取。
方案11：根据波束失败检测参考信号的确定方法，确定采用新参考信号的CORESET，比如波束失败检测参考信号只和一个CORESET组中的CORESET满足准共址关系，则采用新参考信号的CORESET也属于一个CORESET组。波束失败检测参考信号和多于一个CORESET组中的CORESET满足准共址关系，则采用新参考信号的CORESET来自于所述多于一个CORESET组，即多于一个CORESET组中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号获取。或者波束失败检测参考信号和多于一个CORESET组中的CORESET满足准共址关系，则所述频域带宽中所有CORSET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号获取。
方案12：一个波束频域带宽的新参考信号包括多于一个的参考信号，不同的新参考信号对应不同的CORESET组，每个CORESET组中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据与该CORESET组存在对应关系的新参考信号获取。所述多于一个新参考信号的组合可以是基站配置的。
方案13：根据信令信息和/或预定规则，建立候选参考信号集合中的参考信号和CORESET之间的对应关系，一个候选参考信号可以对应多于一个的CORESET，不同的候选参考信号可以对应不同的CORESET。终端选择一个候选参考信号作为新参考信号的情况下，所述新参考信号对应的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号得到。
方案14：根据波束失败频域带宽是主频域带宽(比如special cell)还是辅 频域带宽(比如secondary cell)确定根据新参考信号获取准共址关系的CORESET，比如主频域带宽中根据新参考信号获取准共址关系的CORESET包括关联波束失败检测搜索空间的CORESET，其中波束失败检测搜索空间通过高层信令配置。辅频域带宽中根据新参考信号获取准共址关系的CORESET包括根据上述方案1～13确定的CORESET。
采用上述方案中的哪一种方案可以是信令通知给终端，或者基站和终端预定。或者信令信息告知终端是仅波束失败频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号获取，还是波束失败频域带宽所在的频域带宽组中，每个频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号获取。
所述波束失败频域带宽中配置了波束失败恢复参数。
所述波束失败频域带宽所在的频域带宽组中的频域带宽共享如下信令信息中的至少之一：共享PDSCH的TCI state激活MAC-CE信令，共享PDSCH的TCI state配置RRC信令，共享CORESET的TCI state激活MAC-CE信令，共享CORESET的TCI state配置RRC信令。
或者当所述频域带宽为BWP的时候，所述波束失败频域带宽所在的频域带宽组包括一个CC中的所有BWP。
当采用发送波束失败请求信息的方法一时，则在发送波束失败请求之后预定时刻开始，上述确定的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号确定；当采用发送波束失败请求信息的方法二时，则在收到第二步中发送的包括波束失败请求信息的响应信息之后预定时刻开始，上述确定的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号确定。
当上述CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号得到的情况下，所述CORESET中调度的PDSCH的准共址参考信号也可以根据所述新参考信号获取。
类似地，根据PUCCH资源组和/或频域带宽组确定根据发送波束失败请求信息的空间发送滤波器获取空间发送滤波参数的上行信道和/或信号，或根据PUCCH资源组和/或频域带宽组确定根据新参考信号获取空间发送滤波参数的上行信道和/或信号，区别在于将上述方案中的CORESET替换为PUCCH资源，将上述的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号替换为”空间发送滤波器”，将上述的新参考信号替换为”发送波束失败请求信息的空间发送滤波器”，当然也可以保留新参考信号不变，比如如上所述是根据新参考信号获取PUCCH的空间发送滤波参数。信令通知是仅波束失败频域带宽中的PUCCH根据新参考信号(或包括波束失败请求信息的信号的空间发送滤波器)获取空间发送滤波器， 还是频域带宽组中的每个频域带宽的PUCCH根据新参考信号(或包括波束失败请求信息的信号的空间发送滤波器)获取空间发送滤波器。
应用实施例7
在本实施例中，一个频域带宽组中具有相同PUCCH group ID的PUCCH共享一个MAC-CE，所述MAC-CE中包括一个或者多个空间关系(spatialrelation)信息，所述频域带宽组中的每个CC中所述PUCCH group ID的spatialrelation信息都为所述MAC-CE中包括的一个或者多个spatialrelation信息。
RRC信令或者MAC-CE信令中通知是频域带宽级别更新PUCCH group的spatialrelation，还是频域带宽组级别更新PUCCH group的spatialrelation，其中spatialrealtion包括下行参考信号或上行参考信号，包括下行参考信号的时候根据接收下行参考信号的空间接收滤波器获取PUCCH的空间发送滤波器，包括上行参考信号的时候根据发送上行参考信号的空间发送滤波器获取PUCCH的空间发送滤波器。
应用实施例8
在本实施例中，建立第三信息和波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系，其中第三信息包括CORESET组和频域带宽组中的一个或者多个，其中波束失败恢复参数是为波束失败恢复过程中配置或确定的一个或者多个参数，比如波束失败恢复参数包括如下参数中的一种或多种：波束失败检测参考信号集合；候选参考信号集合；新参考信号；根据新参考信号获取准共址参考信号的下行信道和/或信号；根据新参考信号获取空间发送滤波参数的上行信道和/或信号；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号的空间发送滤波器，获取空间发送滤波器信息的上行信道或信号；波束失败检测计数器；波束失败请求信息发送次数计数器；波束失败检测计时器；波束失败恢复计时器；监听计时器；包括波束失败请求信息的信道或信号；包含监听波束失败响应信息的波束失败恢复控制信道资源；与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；一个频域带宽的波束失败恢复参数；包括波束失败请求信息的资源请求信息的SR对应的优先级；为波束失败恢复过程配置或确定的参数。其中在波束失败恢复控制资源中监听到下行信道表示波束失败请求信息发送成功。下面以CORESET组和波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系为例进行讲述。
所述确定CORESET组和波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系的第一种实施方式，包括每个CORESET组分别对应一套波束失败恢复参数，每个CORESET组分别对应一个波束失败恢复过程，分别进行如下操作中的一种或多种：波束失败检测，波束失败请求，新波束信息上报指示(即新参考信号上报)，当两个CORESET组中的波束失败请求碰撞了，或两个CORESET组的新波束信息上 报指示碰撞了，两个请求信息或上报信息可以合并上报，或只上报其中一个，或其中一个CORESET组的波束失败请求和另一个CORESET组的新波束信息上报碰撞了，也可以两个请求信息或上报信息可以合并上报，或只上报其中一个。
所述确定CORESET组和波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系的第二种实施方式包括：一个频域带宽的多个CORESET组对应同一个波束失败恢复过程，波束失败检测参考信号集合中包括的每个CORESET组中的至少一个CORESET和波束失败检测参考信号集合中的至少一个参考信号之间满足准共址关系，或者有对应关系，终端检测到波束失败的时候，说明所有CORESET组都发生了波束失败，终端为每个CORESET组选择一个新参考信号，在发送波束失败请求信息之后预定时刻开始，或者收到波束失败请求信息的响应信息之后预定时刻开始，每个CORESET组根据与其对应的新参考信号获取该CORESET组中一个或者多个CORESET的准共址参考信号。
建立候选信号信号集合和CORESET组之间的对应关系，波束失败请求信息中包括的多个新参考信号分别来自于所述多个CORESET组对应的多个候选参考信号集合中。
应用实施例9
在本实施例中，确定两类频域带宽组之间的关系，其中所述两类频域带宽组包括：共享PDSCH的TCI state的MAC-CE激活或更新信令的第一类频域带宽组，共享CORESET的TCI state的MAC-CE激活或更新信令的第二类频域带宽组。
所述两类频域带宽组的关系包括如下之一：两类频域带宽组是同一种组划分，两类频域带宽组的组划分各自独立。
比如一个主小区组(Master Cell Group，MCG)(或SCG(Secondary Cell Group))中包括8个CC，当两类频域带宽是同一种划分时，比如划分为2个CC组，CC组1中包括{CC1,CC2,CC5,CC6,CC7}，CC组2中包括{CC3,CC4,CC8}，CC组i中的CC共享PDSCH的TCI state-ID激活或更新信令，也共享CORESET的TCI state-ID激活或更新信令。但是此时如果CC4中没有CORESET，但是有PDSCH，则在CC4中忽略所述CC组2的CORESET的TCI state-ID激活或更新信令。或者第二类频域带宽组由第一类频域带宽组中有CORESET的CC构成。或者第二类频域带宽组由第一类频域带宽组中有预定CORESET-ID的频域带宽的CC构成。
比如一个MCG(Master Cell Group)(或SCG(Secondary Cell Group))中包括8个CC，当两类频域带宽是独立划分时，比如第一类频域带宽组包括2 个CC组，CC组1中包括{CC1,CC2,CC5,CC6,CC7}，CC组2中包括{CC3,CC4,CC8}，第二类频域带宽组包括2个CC组，CC组1中包括{CC1,CC8}，CC组2中包括{CC2,CC3,CC4,CC5,CC6,CC7}。即根据不同的信令信息和/或预定规则得到所述第一类频域带宽组的划分和所述第二类频域带宽组的划分。即在每个CC中包括两个频域带宽组索引，第一频域带宽组索引表示所述CC所述的第一类频域带宽组的索引，第二频域带宽组索引表示所述CC所述的第二类频域带宽组的索引。
应用实施例10
在本实施例中，一个频域带宽组中相同CORESET-ID共享TCI state-ID激活或更新MAC-CE，通过RRC信令将一个MCG或SCG中的CC划分为两组，每个CC组中的相同CORESET-ID共享TCI state-ID激活或更新MAC-CE。但是一个频域带宽组(即所述CC组)中不同频域带宽包括的CORESET的个数不同，比如一个频域带宽组{CC1～CC8}中都包括CORESET-1，但是只有{CC1～CC4}中包括CORESET-2，为此MAC-CE为所述{CC1～CC8}更新CORESET-2的TCI state-ID的时候，所述{CC1～CC8}中没有CORESET-2的频域带宽中忽略此信息，或者认为此MAC-CE信令只适应于所述{CC1～CC8}中的有CORESET-2的频域带宽{CC1～CC4}，即不同CORESET-ID索引对应的MAC-CE信令适应的频域带宽组不同。
应用实施例11
在本实施例中，频域带宽组共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state-ID的MAC-CE信令。其中一个频域带宽只在一个频域带宽组中。另一方面，MAC-CE信令也可以为每个频域带宽激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state-ID。每个MAC-CE信令的开始都有一个逻辑信道索引头(Logical Channel Identifier，LCID)，用于区分不同的MAC-CE种类，为了让频域带宽组级别更新PDSCH的TCI state-ID的第一类MAC-CE信令和频域带宽级别激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state-ID的第二类MAC-CE共享一个MAC-CE头，比如逻辑头为53，当终端收到一个逻辑头为53的MAC-CE之后怎么知道是频域带宽组级别激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state-ID还是频域带宽级别激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state-ID。
第一种方案是，如果RRC信令中包括了频域带宽组的划分信令和/或频域带宽组的个数大于1的情况下，比如在每个CC中包括了频域带宽组索引，其中一个CC中频域带宽组没有配置的时候，也可以默认其频域带宽组索引为0，则该逻辑头为53的所述MAC-CE信令是频域带宽组级别激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state-ID，其中所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽组为所述MAC-CE中指示的频域带宽所在的频域带宽组。否则就是频域带宽级别激活或更新PDSCH的TCI  state-ID。其中一个频域带宽只属于一个频域带宽组。
第二种方案是，在这个逻辑头为53的MAC-CE的信令中(或者RRC信令，或其他信令)，1比特指示是频域带宽组级别激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state-ID，还是频域带宽级别激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state-ID。
频域带宽级别激活或更新CORSEET的TCI-state ID的第一类MAC-CE与频域带宽组级激活或更新CORSEET的TCI-state ID的第二类MAC-CE，共享LCID(比如52)，也可以通过上述第一种方案和第二种方案之一确定。
频域带宽级别激活或更新PUCCH的空间关系信息的第一类MAC-CE与频域带宽组级激活或更新PUCCH的空间关系信息的第二类MAC-CE，共享LCID(比如49)，也可以通过上述第一种方案和第二种方案之一区分这两类MAC-CE。
频域带宽级别激活或更新PUCCH资源组的空间关系信息的第一类MAC-CE与频域带宽组级激活或更新PUCCH资源组的空间关系信息的第二类MAC-CE，共享LCID(比如49)，也可以通过上述第一种方案和第二种方案之一区分。比如当是频域带宽组级激活或更新PUCCH资源组的空间关系信息的情况下，所述频域带宽组中的每个频域带宽中具有预定PUCCH资源组索引的PUCCH的资源组的空间关系都更新，且是相同的。其中所述预定PUCCH资源组索引包括在所述MAC-CE中，或者所述预定PUCCH资源组索引是所述MAC-CE中携带的PUCCH资源所在的PUCCH资源组。
PUCCH资源组级别更新或激活PUCCH的空间关系信息的第一类MAC-CE与PUCCH资源级别更新或激活PUCCCH的空间关系信息的第二类MAC-CE，共享LCID(比如为49)，即这两类MAC-CE的LCID相同，通过如下方案之一确定逻辑头为49的MAC-CE对应的是一个PUCCH资源组还是一个PUCCH资源。
方案1：如果高层信令包括的PUCCH资源组的划分信息，比如RRC信令中为每个PUCCH资源配置PUCCH资源组索引信息，则所述MAC-CE信令对应的是一个PUCCH资源组，所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH资源组是所述MAC-CE信令中指示的PUCCH资源所在的PUCCH资源组。或者所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH资源组中的预定项(比如第一项)PUCCH资源的指示信息包括在所述MAC-CE信令中，可选地，一个PUCCH资源只包括在一个PUCCH资源组中。
方案2：在所述MAC-CE信令中包括1比特信令指示信息(或者RRC信令，或其他信令)，所述信令指示信息指示所述MAC-CE适应的是一个PUCCH资源组，还是一个PUCCH资源。所述MAC-CE中包括的一个或者多个空间关系 信息是一个PUCCH资源的空间关系，还是一个PUCCH资源组中的所有PUCCH资源都需要根据所述所述MAC-CE中包括的一个或者多个空间关系信息更新，即PUCCH资源组中的PUCCH共享空间关系信息。
应用实施例12
在本实施例中，通过RRC信令给PUCCH group配置spatialrelation list，通过MAC-CE信令为PUCCH group激活一个或者多个spatialrelation，所述PUCCH group中的PUCCH的空间发送滤波器根据所述激活的一个或者多个spatialrelation获取，其中一个spatialrelation中包括下行参考信号或上行参考信号，当spatialrelation中为下行参考信号的时候，PUCCH group的空间发送滤波器根据所述下行参考信号的接收滤波器获取，当spatialrelation中为上行参考信号的时候，PUCCH group的空间发送滤波器根据所述上行参考信号的空间发送滤波器获取。
应用实施例13
在本实施例中，一个CORESET关联多于一个的TCI state，同一类准共址参数在所述每个TCI state中都有对应的准共址参考信号，比如表2所示，CORESET1关联多于一个的TCI state：TCI state 3和TCI state 8。
表2 一个CORESET关联2个TCI state
Figure PCTCN2020127023-appb-000002
其中，QCL-TypeA中包括准共址参数：多普勒频移，多普勒扩展，平均延迟，平均扩展，QCL-TypeD包括空间接收参数。上述一个CORESET关联2个TCI state也可以称为一个CORESET激活的TCI state有2个。比如不同的TCI state对应所述CORESET1的不同的DMRS端口组，或不同的频域资源组，或不同的时域资源组，或不同的搜索空间集合。
如果波束失败检测参考信号根据CORESET1的关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号获取，需要确定是根据所述多个TCI state中的哪些TCI state中的关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号获取。可以采用如下方案之一：
方案1：根据所述一个CORESET的m个TCI state中其中一个(即所述n值等于1)TCI state中的关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号获取所述波束失败检测参考信号，或者根据多个关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号中的其中一个准共址参考信号获取所述波束失败检测参考信号。
根据第四信息在所述多个TCI state选择一个TCI state，或者所述多个关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号中选择一个准共址参考信号，其中不同的第四信息对应上述不同的TCI state或不同的准共址参考信号，其中所述第四信息中包括如下至少之一：DMRS端口组，频域资源组，时域资源组，搜索空间集合，TCI state，准共址参考，比如选择索引最小的第四信息对应的TCI state或准共址参考信号。
方案2：根据所述一个CORESET的m个TCI state中关联空间接收参数的m个准共址参考信号获取n个所述波束失败检测参考信号，或者根据关联空间接收参数的m个准共址参考信号获取m个所述波束失败检测参考信号，即根据一个CORESET可以获取多于一个的波束失败检测参考信号。
当根据新参考信号获取CORESET的准共址参考信号的时候，如果新参考信号的个数p和CORESET的TCI state的个数m或者关联同一类参数的准共址参考信号的个数m不相等的时候，需要确定根据新参考信号获取CORESET的准共址参考信号的方法。例如p小于m的时候。比如p＝1，m＝2，方案如下：
方案1：CORESET的其中一个TCI state根据所述新参考信号获取，所述CORESET的另一个TCI state不更新，保持不变；也可以称为CORESET的关联同一类准共址参数的m个准共址参考信号中q个准共址参考信号根据新参考信号获取，另一个保持不变。
方案2：CORESET的所有TCI state都根据所述新参考信号获取。即q＝m
应用实施例14
在本实施例中，当PDSCH和调度PDSCH的PDCCH之间的时间间隔小于预定值timeDurationForQCL的情况下，PDSCH的准共址参数称PDSCH的默认准共址参数，比如PDSCH的默认准共址参数根据包括CORESET且距离PDSCH最近的slot中的具有最低CORESET索引的CORESET的准共址参数确定。
但是，当PDSCH关联同一类准共址参数的准共址参考信号的最大个数大于1的情况下，需要确定此时PDSCH的默认准共址参数的套数。
为此一种方案是根据PDSCH的scheme信息确定PDSCH的默认准共址参数的套数，其中所述PDSCH的scheme包括如下5种：
空分复用(Space Division Multiplexing，SDM)：一个PDSCH关联2个 DMRS端口组，每个端口组对应一个TCI state；频分复用(Frequency Division Multiplexing，FDM)-A：一个PDSCH在频域包括2个频域资源组，2个频域资源组分别关联一个TCI state，2个频域资源组之间的交集为空，所述一个PDSCH在多个频域资源组上关联的DMRS端口号相同；FDM-B：一个PDSCH在2个频域资源组中重复传输，2个频域资源组分别关联一个TCI state，2个频域资源组之间的交集为空，每个频域资源组对应所述PDSCH的一次重复传输，所述一个PDSCH在多个频域资源组上关联的DMRS端口号相同；时分复用(Time Division Multiplexing，TDM)-A：一个PDSCH在1或2个时域资源组中重复传输，2个时域资源组分别关联一个TCI state，2个时域资源组之间的交集为空，每个时域资源组对应所述PDSCH的一次重复传输，所述2个时域资源组包括在一个slot中，所述一个PDSCH在多个频域资源组上关联的DMRS端口号相同，根据TCI state的个数确定slot中的重复次数是1次还是2次；TDM-B：一个PDSCH在多个时域资源组中重复传输，多个时域资源组划分为2类，每一类分别关联一个TCI state，不同时域资源组在不同的slot中，每个频域资源组对应所述PDSCH的一次重复传输，所述一个PDSCH在多个频域资源组上关联的DMRS端口号相同。
从上面可以看出，在SDM、FDM-A和FDM-B中，同一时域符号上终端需要确认两个TCI state，也即两套准共址参数；在TDM-A和TDM-B中，同一时域符号上终端只需要确认一个TCI state，也即一套准共址参数。
为此当RRC配置了PDSCH的scheme为TDM-A和TDM-B之一的时候，则默认准共址参数只有一套，当RRC配置了PDSCH的scheme为SDM，FDM-A和FDM-B之一的时候，则默认准共址参数最多有2套。
另一方面，终端上报同一时刻能够接收的TCI state的最大个数(也可以称为同一时刻的不同信道或信号的空间接收参数的最大个数，也可以称为同一时刻的不同信道或信号关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号的最大个数)，根据终端上报的能力信息确定PDSCH scheme，当终端上报同一时刻能够接收的TCI state的个数为1个时，可调度的PDSCH scheme包括{TDM-A,TDM-B}，当终端上报同一时刻能够接收的TCI state的个数为2个时，可调度的PDSCH scheme包括{TDM-A,TDM-B,SDM,FDM-A,FDM-B}。其中，所述能力信息是一个频域带宽的能力信息，或一个Band的能力信息。
应用实施例15
在实施例中，对于关联逻辑信道的SR有两个优先级，通过RRC信令配置每个SR对应是第一优先级(以下称为SR-1)还是第二优先级(以下称为SR-2)，混合自动重传请求-正确应答(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-Acknowledgement， HARQ-ACK)也有两个优先级，CSI(Channel State Information，信道状态信息)也有两个优先级，同一优先级的SR、HARQ-ACK、CSI可以复用到同一个上行信道或信号中传输，第一优先级的SR、HARQ-ACK、CSI和第二到优先级的SR、HARQ-ACK、CSI之间碰撞之后，可以放弃第二优先级的SR、HARQ-ACK、CSI。
需要确定当波束失败请求信息通过发送方式二发送的时候，包括在第一步中发送的SR，以下称为SR-波束故障恢复(Beam Failure Recovery，BFR)和上述两类优先级SR之间的关系。为此可以采用如下方案之一：
方案1：SR-1和SR-BFR都为第一优先级，SR-2为第二优先级。
方案2：SR-1为第一优先级，SR-BFR为第二优先级，SR-2为第二优先级。
方案3：在SR-BFR中配置其为第一优先级还是第二优先级。
方案4：当SR-1，SR-2，SR-BFR碰撞的时候，或者他们需要合并到一个信道或信号中传输的时候，需要确定他们的取值所属的取值集合，一个取值集合对应一个状态值，一个取值集合包括一个或者多个取值，需要将不同的状态告知基站，当SR-1、SR-2、SR-BFR的PUCCH资源包括PUCCH格式0(format0)和/或PUCCH format1，比如不包括PUCCH format2，PUCCH format3的情况下，不同的状态值用发送所述状态值的所在的资源是上述三个SR资源中的资源选择表示，和/或所述HARQ-ACK的信息值和SR-PUCCH资源序列参数之间的不同映射关系表示。
如表3中，划分为3个取值集合，对应3种状态，SR-1正(positive)和SR-BFR positive不区分，即基站收到状态1时，终端不知道是SR-1和SR-BFR中的哪一个或多个是positive，或者如表4中划分为4个取值集合，对应总共有4种状态，其中区分SR-增强超可靠低时延通信(enhanced Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communications，eURLLC)postive和PUCCH-BFR positive，或者如表5中划分为5个取值集合，对应5种状态。
表3
Figure PCTCN2020127023-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020127023-appb-000004
表4
Figure PCTCN2020127023-appb-000005
表5
Figure PCTCN2020127023-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020127023-appb-000007
本实施例还提供了信息的确定装置，图4为本申请提供的一种信息的确定装置的结构示意图，如图4所示，本申请实施例提供的一种信息的确定装置，可以集成在UE中，该装置包括：
信息确定模块320，设置为根据第一信息确定第二信息；其中，所述第一信息包括如下至少之一：搜索空间的时域参数、CORESET组、CORESET集合、CORESET的数量、频域带宽的数量、频域带宽组、PUCCH资源组、第一类波束失败恢复参数、信令信息、预定规则；所述第二信息包括如下至少之一：第二类波束失败恢复参数、无线链路参考信号、MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽、MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH资源、下行信道或信号的准共址参数。
上述技术方案是针对CORESET个数很多或频域带宽个数很多的情形而提出的，能够解决如何在降低终端检测复杂度的同时，快速地进行波束失败恢复并提高链路的鲁棒性的问题，解决如何在保证终端检测复杂度的同时，进行有效的无线链路检测的问题。
信息确定模块320包括：第一类CORESET确定单元和第二信息确定单元，其中，第一类CORESET确定单元，设置为根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET；第二信息确定单元，设置为根据所述第一类CORESET确定所述第二信息；其中，所述第一类CORESET中最多包括A个CORESET，或所述第一类CORESET中最多包括A个CORESET集合，所述A是大于或者等于1的正整数。
第一类CORESET确定单元具体用于如下之一：
根据目标CORESET组中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET；由在每个CORESET组中选择的一个CORESET构成所述第一类CORESET；先保持CORESET组中的CORESET优先等级不变，CORESET组索引递增、然后再CORESET组中CORESET的优先等级递减的顺序确定CORESET作为所述第一类CORESET；先保持CORESET组索引不变，CORESET组中的CORESET优先等级依次递减、然后再CORESET组索引递增的顺序确定所述第一类CORESET；根据CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数确定所述第一类CORESET；根据一个频域带宽组中的一个频域带宽中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET；根据一个频域带宽组中的频域带宽索引满足预定特征的一个频域带宽中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET；根据频域带宽索引满足预定特征的频域带宽中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET；根据波束失败检测 参考信号确定所述第一类CORESET；根据与新参考信号对应的CORESET获取所述第一类CORESET，其中，所述新参考信号与CORESET之间的对应关系是根据信令信息获取的；根据频域带宽是否为主频域带宽确定所述第一类CORESET。
第一类CORESET确定单元具体用于根据目标CORESET组中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET的情况下，所述目标CORESET组满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述目标CORESET组在各CORESET组中优先级最高；所述目标CORESET组的CORESET组索引满足预定特征；所述目标CORESET组中包括关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET；所述目标CORESET组根据接收的信令信息获取；所述目标CORESET组中包括的CORESET的数量在各CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的数量在各CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中包括CORESET索引满足预定特征的CORESET；所述目标CORESET组中包括的关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET的数量在各CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中包括的关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET集合的数量在各CORESET组中最多；所述目标CORESET组中CORESET组的个数为1。
第一类CORESET确定单元具体用于根据目标CORESET组中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET的情况下，所述目标CORESET组根据如下信息中的至少之一确定：
CORESET组索引；CORESET组中包括的CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数；CORESET组中包括的CORESET的数量；CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的数量；CORESET组中包括的CORESET的索引。
所述第二信息中包括参考信号集合，其中，所述参考信号集合包括如下参考信号集合中的至少之一：
波束失败检测参考信号集合；无线链路检测参考信号集合；新参考信号集合；其中，所述参考信号集合中最多包括A个参考信号，所述A是大于或者等于1的正整数。
所述A的值与如下信息中的至少之一之间有关联：
CORESET组的数量；CORESET的数量；上报的能力信息；频域带宽组的数量；SSB的最大个数。
第一类CORESET确定单元具体设置为在所述第二类CORESET中确定所述 第一类CORESET，其中在每个CORESET集合中选择的一个CORESET构成第二类CORESET，或由一个频域带宽中的CORESET构成所述第二类CORESET。
第一类CORESET确定单元设置为如下至少之一：
在所述第二类CORESET中根据所述第一信息确定所述第一类CORESET；在第二类CORESET中CORESET的数量大于所述A值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第一类CORESET；在第二类CORESET中CORESET的数量小于或等于所述A值的情况下，所述第一类CORESET包括所述第二类CORESET。
第一类CORESET确定单元设置为根据CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数在一个频域带宽包括的CORESET包括的CORESET中确定所述第一类CORESET，或在一个CORESET组中确定所述第一类CORESET；其中，所述搜索空间的时域参数包括如下至少之一：
所述搜索空间的周期；所述搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量；所述搜索空间在一个周期中的检测时机的数量；所述搜索空间的一个检测时机持续的时隙数量。
所述第一类CORESET包括A个CORESET，其中所述A个CORESET关联的A个搜索空间满足如下特征之一：
周期最短的A个搜索空间；在一个时隙中的检测时机最多的A个搜索空间；一个检测时机持续的时隙数量最大的A个搜索空间；时域密度最高的A个搜索空间，所述时域密度根据所述时域参数确定。
所述时域密度根据如下信息之一确定：
第一商值，其中所述第一商值等于第一乘积与搜索空间的周期的商，第一乘积等于搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量与搜索空间的一个检测时机持续的时隙数量的乘积；第二商值，其中第二商值等于搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量与搜索空间的周期的商。
第二信息确定单元，设置为如下至少之一：
根据所述第一类CORESET确定波束失败检测参考信号；根据所述第一类CORESET确定无线链路检测参考信号；根据所述第一类CORESET确定根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的下行信道或信号；根据所述第一类CORESET确定上行信道或信号，其中，所述上行信道或信号的空间发送滤波器根据新参考信号确定；根据所述第一类CORESET确定上行信道或信号，其中，所述上行信道或信号的空间发送滤波器根据包括波束失败请求信息的信道和/或信号确定；根据第一类CORESET确定与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；根据第一类CORESET确定与无线链路检测参考信号满足准共址关 系的CORESET。
在根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET，根据所述第一类CORESET确定所述第二信息的情况下，包括如下至少之一：
根据一个CORESET的m个准共址参考信号中的n个准共址参考信号获取n个波束失败检测参考信号，其中所述m个准共址参考信号都关联空间接收参数，其中所述m，n是大于或者等于1的正整数；根据p个新参考信号获取一个CORESET的m个资源组中q个资源组对应的准共址参考信号，其中所述p，q是大于或者等于1的正整数；所述一个CORESET属于所述第一类CORESET，一个CORESET关联m资源组，每个资源组对应一个准共址参考信号集合。
所述根据所述第一类CORESET确定根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的下行信道或信号的情况下，一个频域带宽中不属于所述第一类CORESET的CORESET的准共址参考信号不根据所述新参考信号更新，和/或，一个频域带宽中属于所述第一类CORESET的CORESET的准共址参考信号不根据所述新参考信号更新。
信息确定模块设置为如下至少之一：
在频域带宽的数量大于第一预定值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第二信息；在配置了所述第二信息的频域带宽的数量大于第二预定值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第二信息；在所述频域带宽组中第一类参考信号的总数量大于第三预定值的情况下，根据第一信息确定所述第二信息；在预定时间段内，当所述频域带宽组中所述第一类参考信号的总数量大于第四预定值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第二信息；所述第一类参考信号包括如下至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号，无线链路检测参考信号，新参考信号。
在所述第一信息包括信令信息和/或频域带宽组，所述第二信息包括波束失败恢复参数的情况下，信息确定模块设置为如下至少之一：
第一时刻开始，第二频域带宽中的预定下行信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中所述第二参考信号和第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间有对应关系，其中，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于相同的所述频域带宽组；第二时刻开始，第二频域带宽中的预定上行信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器根据所述第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取，其中，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于相同的所述频域带宽组；第三时刻开始，所述频域带宽组中每个频域带宽中的预定下行信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中，所述第二参考信号和第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间有对应关系，所述频域带宽组中包括所述第一频域带宽；第四时刻开始，所 述频域带宽组中每个频域带宽中的预定上行信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器根据第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取，其中，所述频域带宽组中包括所述第一频域带宽；第五时刻开始，第一频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取的情况下，第二频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中所述第二参考信号和所述第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间具有对应关系，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于同一个频域带宽组，第一频域带宽中的CORESET与第二频域带宽中的CORESET的CORESET索引相同；根据信令信息确定，所述第一时刻开始，仅第一频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号获取，还是所述第一频域带宽所在的频域带宽组中，每个频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号都根据第二参考信号。
所述预定下行信道包括如下信道中的至少之一：
第一类CORESET；第一类CORESET中PDCCH调度的下行信道；其中，所述第一类CORESET根据所述第一信息确定。
包括如下至少之一：
所述新参考信号在所述第一频域带宽中；所述第二参考信号在所述第二频域带宽中；所述第二参考信号关联预定类型的准共址参考信号；所述第二参考信号和所述预定下行信道和/或信号在相同的频域带宽中；所述第二参考信号和所述新参考信号所在的传输配置指示状态TCI state索引差值固定；所述第二参考信号和所述新参考信号所在资源的索引差值固定；所述第二参考信号就是所述第一频域带宽中的新参考信号；在所述第一频域带宽和所述预定下行信道和/或信号在相同的服务小区的情况下，所述第二参考信号就是所述第一频域带宽中的新参考信号。
信息确定模块设置为如下至少之一：
根据预定规则确定第一类所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽，其中预定规则包括当RRC信令配置了所述频域带宽组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的频域带宽索引对应的频域带宽所在的频域带宽组，或包括所述频域带宽组；根据预定规则确定第一类所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽，其中预定规则包括当RRC信令没有配置频域带宽组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的频域带宽索引对应的频域带宽；根据预定规则确定激活或更新PUCCH空间关系信息的所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH，其中预定规则包括当RRC信令配置了PUCCH组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的PUCCH资源索引对应的PUCCH资源所在的PUCCH资源组，或所 述PUCCH资源组；根据预定规则确定激活或更新PUCCH空间关系信息的所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH，其中预定规则包括没有配置PUCCH组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的PUCCH资源索引对应的PUCCH资源；根据激活的信令信息确定所述MAC-CE信令对应的是频域带宽还是频域带宽组；根据激活的信令信息确定所述MAC-CE信令对应的是PUCCH资源还是PUCCH资源组；根据MAC-CE信令激活或更新频域带宽组中每个频域频域带宽中的预定PUCCH资源组索引的PUCCH资源的空间关系信息；其中所述第一类MAC-CE包括如下之一：激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的MAC-CE；激活或更新CORESET的TCI state ID的MAC-CE；激活或更新PUCCH空间关系的PUCCH；激活或更新PUCCH资源组的空间关系的PUCCH。
所述频域带宽组满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述频域带宽组的划分情况根据信令信息确定；一个主小区组MCG中包括一个或者多个所述频域带宽组；一个辅小区组SCG中包括一个或者多个所述频域带宽组；所述频域带宽组共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；所述频域带宽组中相同CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；所述频域带宽组共享激活或更新PUCCH的空间关系信息的高层信令；所述频域带宽组共享激活或更新PUCCH资源组的空间关系信息的高层信令；所述频域带宽组包括一个服务小区中的BWP。
信息确定模块设置：
第六时刻开始，CORESET组中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据与所述CORESET组对应的新参考信号获取，其中，每个新参考信号分别对应一个CORESET组，一个频域带宽的新参考信号上报信息中包括多于一个的新参考信号的指示信息，所述多于一个的新参考信号与所述CORESET组之间存在对应关系。
信息确定模块设置为：
根据波束失败检测参考信号集合获取如下至少之一：根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的预定下行信道和/或信号；根据新参考信号确定空间发送滤波器参数的上行信道或信号；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号确定空间发送滤波器参数的上行信道或信号。
第七时刻开始，所述预定的下行信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号根据新参考信号更新；其中，所述预定下行信道包括第三类CORESET与第三类CORESET调度的PDSCH中的一种或多种；在所述第七时刻之前，所述第三类CORESET 和波束失败检测参考集合中的参考信号满足准共址关系，或所述波束失败检测参考信号根据所述CORESET的准共址参考信号获取。
所述第一时刻，所述第二时刻，所述第三时刻，所述第四时刻，所述第五时刻，所示第六时刻中的一种或多种包括如下时刻之一：
发送第一频域带宽的波束失败请求信息之后的预定时刻；收到第一频域带宽的波束失败请求信息的响应信息之后的预定时刻；根据波束失败请求信息的发送方式确定的时刻。
所述CORESET组满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述CORESET组包括一个或者多个频域带宽中的CORESET；所述CORESET组中的CORESET关联相同的标识号。
所述搜索空间的时域参数包括如下至少之一：
所述搜索空间的周期；所述搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量；所述搜索空间在一个周期中的检测时机的数量；所述搜索空间的一个检测时机持续的时隙数量。
所述波束失败恢复参数包括如下至少之一：
波束失败检测参考信号集合；候选参考信号集合；新参考信号；根据新参考信号获取准共址参考信号的下行信道和/或信号；根据新参考信号获取空间发送滤波参数的上行信道和/或信号；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号的空间发送滤波器，获取空间发送滤波器信息的上行信道或信号；波束失败检测计数器；波束失败请求信息发送次数计数器；波束失败检测计时器；波束失败恢复计时器；监听计时器；包括波束失败请求信息的信道或信号；包含监听波束失败响应信息的波束失败恢复控制信道资源；与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；一个频域带宽的波束失败恢复参数；包括波束失败请求信息的资源请求信息的SR对应的优先级；为波束失败恢复过程配置或确定的参数。
所述上行信道包括PUCCH，其中所述PUCCH满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述PUCCH属于一个PUCCH组；所述PUCCH关联预定CORESET组；所述PUCCH包括属于不同PUCCH组中的PUCCH。
所述CORESET集合满足如下特征中的至少之一：
相同CORESET集合中的CORESET关于预定准共址参数满足准共址关系；相同CORESET集合中的CORESET关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号相同；不同CORESET集合中的CORESET关于预定准共址参数不满足准共址关系；不 同CORESET集合中的CORESET关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号不同。
信息确定模块设置为：
根据信令信息确定下行信道或信号的准共址参数的套数，其中所述信令信息中包括PDSCH的scheme信息，所述下行信道或信号和调度所述下行信道或信号的PDCCH之间的时间间隔小于预定值，当准共址参数的套数大于1的情况下，不同套准共址参数中包括同一类准共址参数；和/或
根据通信节点上报的能力信息确定可接收的PDSCH的scheme范围，其中，所述能力信息中包括同一时刻接收的信道或信号关联的空间接收参数的套数，其中所述通信节点包括接收所述PDSCH的通信节点。
信息确定模块设置为如下之一：
根据预定规则确定波束失败请求信息所在的信道或信号的优先级，其中波束失败请求信息对应的优先级是预定优先级；根据信令信息确定波束失败请求信息所在的信道或信号的优先级。
包括如下至少之一：
波束失败请求信息包括如下信息至少之一：新参考信息，至少一个频域带宽上发生了波束失败事件；波束失败请求信息所在的信道包括PUCCH；波束失败请求信息所在的信道包括SR-PUCCH；波束失败请求信息所在的信道的优先级为第一优先级，其中存在两个优先级；波束失败请求信息所在的信道的优先级为第二优先级，其中存在三个优先级。
本实施例还提供了对应关系的确定装置，图5为本申请提供的一种对应关系的确定装置的结构示意图，如图5所示，本申请实施例提供的一种对应关系的确定装置，可以集成在UE中，该装置包括：
关系确定模块420，设置为为根据信令信息和/或预定规则，确定第一对应关系；所述第一对应关系包括如下至少之一：N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系；第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系；其中，所述N、M是大于或者等于1的正整数，所述第三信息包括如下信息至少之一：CORESET组，频域带宽组。
所述N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系，包括如下至少之一：
所述N个第三信息值对应N套波束失败恢复参数；所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一套波束失败恢复参数。
所述N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系，包括如下至少之一：
所述N个第三信息值对应一个波束失败检测参考信号；所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一个候选参考信号集合；所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一个新参考信号。
所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一个新参考信号的情况下，与第三信息值对应的新参考信号来自于与所述第三信息值对应的候选参考信号集合中。
所述第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系包括如下至少之一：
第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组共享频域带宽组的划分信令；第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组分别对应一个频域带宽组的划分信令；第二类频域带宽组由第一类频域带宽组中包括预定CORESET索引的CORESET的频域带宽确定。
所述第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组满足如下特征中的之一：
所述第一类频域带宽组共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令，所述第二类频域带宽组中相同CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；所述第一类频域带宽组中具有第一CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令，所述第二类频域带宽组中具有第二CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；所述第一类频域带宽组中具有第一PUCCH资源组索引的PUCCH资源共享激活或更新PUCCH的空间关系信息的高层信令，所述第二类频域带宽组中具有第二PUCCH资源组索引的PUCCH资源共享激活或更新PUCCH的空间关系信息的高层信令。
所述波束失败恢复参数包括如下参数中的至少之一：
波束失败检测参考信号集合；候选参考信号集合；新参考信号；根据新参考信号获取准共址参考信号的下行信道和/或信号；根据新参考信号获取空间发送滤波参数的上行信道和/或信号；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号的空间发送滤波器，获取空间发送滤波器信息的上行信道或信号；波束失败检测计数器；波束失败请求信息发送次数计数器；波束失败检测计时器；波束失败恢复计时器；监听计时器；包括波束失败请求信息的信道或信号；包含监听波束失败响应信息的波束失败恢复控制信道资源；与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；一个频域带宽的波束失败恢复参数；包括波束失败请 求信息的资源请求信息的SR对应的优先级；为波束失败恢复过程配置或确定的参数。
本申请实施例提供了一种通信设备，图6为本申请提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图，如图6所示，本申请提供的通信设备，包括：一个或多个处理器510和存储器520；该通信设备的处理器510可以是一个或多个，图6中以一个处理器510为例；存储器520用于存储一个或多个程序；所述一个或多个程序被所述一个或多个处理器510执行，使得所述一个或多个处理器510实现如本申请实施例中所述的信息的确定方法。
通信设备中的处理器510、存储器520可以通过总线或其他方式连接，图6中以通过总线连接为例。
存储器520作为一种计算机可读存储介质，可设置为存储软件程序、计算机可执行程序以及模块，如本申请实施例所述信息的确定方法对应的程序指令/模块(例如，信息的确定装置中的信息确定模块320)。存储器520可包括存储程序区和存储数据区，其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序；存储数据区可存储根据设备的使用所创建的数据等。此外，存储器520可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他非易失性固态存储器件。在一些实例中，存储器520可包括相对于处理器510远程设置的存储器，这些远程存储器可以通过网络连接至第一节点。上述网络的实例包括但不限于互联网、企业内部网、局域网、移动通信网及其组合。
本申请实施例提供了一种通信设备，图7为本申请提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图，如图7所示，本申请提供的通信设备，包括：一个或多个处理器610和存储器620；该通信设备的处理器610可以是一个或多个，图7中以一个处理器610为例；存储器620用于存储一个或多个程序；所述一个或多个程序被所述一个或多个处理器610执行，使得所述一个或多个处理器610实现如本申请实施例中所述的对应关系的确定方法。
通信设备中的处理器610、存储器620可以通过总线或其他方式连接，图7中以通过总线连接为例。
存储器620作为一种计算机可读存储介质，可设置为存储软件程序、计算机可执行程序以及模块，如本申请实施例所述对应关系的确定方法对应的程序指令/模块(例如，对应关系的确定装置中的关系确定模块420)。存储器620 可包括存储程序区和存储数据区，其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序；存储数据区可存储根据设备的使用所创建的数据等。此外，存储器620可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他非易失性固态存储器件。在一些实例中，存储器620可包括相对于处理器610远程设置的存储器，这些远程存储器可以通过网络连接至第一节点。上述网络的实例包括但不限于互联网、企业内部网、局域网、移动通信网及其组合。
本申请实施例还提供一种存储介质，所述存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现本申请实施例中任一所述的信息的确定方法或者对应关系的确定方法。
信息的确定方法包括：根据第一信息确定第二信息。
上述技术方案是针对CORESET个数很多或频域带宽个数很多的情形而提出的，能够解决如何在降低终端检测复杂度的同时，快速地进行波束失败恢复并提高链路的鲁棒性的问题，解决如何在保证终端检测复杂度的同时，进行有效的无线链路检测的问题。
所述第一信息包括如下至少之一：搜索空间的时域参数、CORESET组、CORESET集合、CORESET的数量、频域带宽的数量、频域带宽组、PUCCH资源组、第一类波束失败恢复参数、信令信息、预定规则；所述第二信息包括如下至少之一：第二类波束失败恢复参数、无线链路参考信号、MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽、MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH资源、下行信道或信号的准共址参数。
对应关系的确定方法包括：根据信令信息和/或预定规则，确定第一对应关系；所述第一对应关系包括如下至少之一：N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系；第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系；其中，所述N、M是大于或者等于1的正整数，所述第三信息包括如下信息至少之一：CORESET组，频域带宽组。
术语用户终端涵盖任何适合类型的无线用户设备，例如移动电话、便携数据处理装置、便携网络浏览器或车载移动台。
一般来说，本申请的多种实施例可以在硬件或专用电路、软件、逻辑或其任何组合中实现。例如，一些方面可以被实现在硬件中，而其它方面可以被实 现在可以被控制器、微处理器或其它计算装置执行的固件或软件中，尽管本申请不限于此。
本申请的实施例可以通过实体装置的数据处理器执行计算机程序指令来实现，例如在处理器实体中，或者通过硬件，或者通过软件和硬件的组合。计算机程序指令可以是汇编指令、指令集架构(Instruction Set Architecture，ISA)指令、机器指令、机器相关指令、微代码、固件指令、状态设置数据、或者以一种或多种编程语言的任意组合编写的源代码或目标代码。
本申请附图中的任何逻辑流程的框图可以表示程序步骤，或者可以表示相互连接的逻辑电路、模块和功能，或者可以表示程序步骤与逻辑电路、模块和功能的组合。计算机程序可以存储在存储器上。存储器可以具有任何适合于本地技术环境的类型并且可以使用任何适合的数据存储技术实现，例如但不限于只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机访问存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、光存储器装置和系统(数码多功能光碟(Digital Video Disc，DVD)或光盘(Compact Disk，CD))等。计算机可读介质可以包括非瞬时性存储介质。数据处理器可以是任何适合于本地技术环境的类型，例如但不限于通用计算机、专用计算机、微处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processing，DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、可编程逻辑器件(Field-Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)以及基于多核处理器架构的处理器。
综上所述，本申请至少包括以下项目：
1.一种信息的确定方法，包括：
根据第一信息确定第二信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括如下至少之一：搜索空间的时域参数、CORESET组、CORESET集合、CORESET的数量、频域带宽的数量、频域带宽组、PUCCH资源组、第一类波束失败恢复参数、信令信息、预定规则；
所述第二信息包括如下至少之一：第二类波束失败恢复参数、无线链路参考信号、MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽、MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH资源、下行信道或信号的准共址参数。
2.根据项目1所述的方法，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括：
根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET；
根据所述第一类CORESET确定所述第二信息；
其中，所述第一类CORESET中最多包括A个CORESET，或所述第一类 CORESET中最多包括A个CORESET集合，所述A是大于或者等于1的正整数。
3.根据项目2所述的方法，所述根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET，包括如下之一：
根据目标CORESET组中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET；
由在每个CORESET组中选择的一个CORESET构成所述第一类CORESET；
先保持CORESET组中的CORESET优先等级不变，CORESET组索引递增、然后再CORESET组中CORESET的优先等级递减的顺序确定所述第一类CORESET；
先保持CORESET组索引不变，CORESET组中的CORESET优先等级依次递减、然后再CORESET组索引递增的顺序确定所述第一类CORESET；
根据CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数确定所述第一类CORESET；
根据一个频域带宽组中的一个频域带宽中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET；
根据一个频域带宽组中的频域带宽索引满足预定特征的一个频域带宽中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET；
根据频域带宽索引满足预定特征的频域带宽中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET；
根据波束失败检测参考信号确定所述第一类CORESET；
根据与新参考信号对应的CORESET获取所述第一类CORESET，其中，所述新参考信号与CORESET之间的对应关系是根据信令信息获取的；
根据频域带宽是否为主频域带宽确定所述第一类CORESET。
4.根据项目3所述的方法，根据目标CORESET组中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET的情况下，所述目标CORESET组满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述目标CORESET组在各CORESET组中优先级最高；
所述目标CORESET组的CORESET组索引满足预定特征；
所述目标CORESET组中包括关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET；
所述目标CORESET组根据接收的信令信息获取；
所述目标CORESET组中包括的CORESET的数量在各CORESET组中最多；
所述目标CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的数量在各CORESET组中最多；
所述目标CORESET组中包括CORESET索引满足预定特征的CORESET；
所述目标CORESET组中包括的关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET的数量在各CORESET组中最多；
所述目标CORESET组中包括的关联的搜索空间的时域参数满足预定特征的CORESET集合的数量在各CORESET组中最多；
所述目标CORESET组中CORESET组的个数为1。
5.根据项目3所述的方法，根据目标CORESET组中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET的情况下，所述目标CORESET组根据如下信息中的至少之一确定：
CORESET组索引；
CORESET组中包括的CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数；
CORESET组中包括的CORESET的数量；
CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的数量；
CORESET组中包括的CORESET的索引。
6.根据项目1所述的方法，所述第二信息中包括参考信号集合，其中，所述参考信号集合包括如下参考信号集合中的至少之一：
波束失败检测参考信号集合；
无线链路检测参考信号集合；
新参考信号集合；
其中，所述参考信号集合中最多包括A个参考信号，所述A是大于或者等于1的正整数。
7.根据项目2或6所述的方法，所述A的值与如下信息中的至少之一之间有关联：
CORESET组的数量；
CORESET的数量；
上报的能力信息；
频域带宽组的数量；
SSB的最大个数。
8.根据项目2所述的方法，所述根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET，包括：
在第二类CORESET中确定所述第一类CORESET，其中在每个CORESET集合中选择的一个CORESET构成所述第二类CORESET，或由一个频域带宽中的CORESET构成所述第二类CORESET。
9.根据项目8所述的方法，在所述第二类CORESET中确定所述第一类CORESET，包括如下至少之一：
在所述第二类CORESET中根据所述第一信息确定所述第一类CORESET；
在第二类CORESET中CORESET的数量大于所述A值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第一类CORESET；
在第二类CORESET中CORESET的数量小于或等于所述A值的情况下，所述第一类CORESET包括所述第二类CORESET。
10.根据项目2所述的方法，所述根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET，包括：
根据CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数在一个频域带宽包括的CORESET中确定所述第一类CORESET，或在一个CORESET组包括的CORESET中确定所述第一类CORESET；
其中，所述搜索空间的时域参数包括如下至少之一：
所述搜索空间的周期；
所述搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量；
所述搜索空间在一个周期中的检测时机的数量；
所述搜索空间的一个检测时机持续的时隙数量。
11.根据项目10所述的方法，所述第一类CORESET包括A个CORESET，其中所述A个CORESET关联的A个搜索空间满足如下特征之一：
周期最短的A个搜索空间；
在一个时隙中的检测时机最多的A个搜索空间；
一个检测时机持续的时隙数量最大的A个搜索空间；
时域密度最高的A个搜索空间，所述时域密度根据所述时域参数确定。
12.根据项目11所述的方法，所述时域密度根据如下信息之一确定：
第一商值，其中所述第一商值等于第一乘积与搜索空间的周期的商，第一乘积等于搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量与搜索空间的一个检测时机持续的时隙数量的乘积；
第二商值，其中第二商值等于搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量与搜索空间的周期的商。
13.根据项目2-12任一项所述的方法，所述根据第一类CORESET确定第二信息，包括如下至少之一：
根据所述第一类CORESET确定波束失败检测参考信号；
根据所述第一类CORESET确定无线链路检测参考信号；
根据所述第一类CORESET确定根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的下行信道或信号；
根据所述第一类CORESET确定上行信道或信号，其中，所述上行信道或信号的空间发送滤波器根据新参考信号确定；
根据所述第一类CORESET确定上行信道或信号，其中，所述上行信道或信号的空间发送滤波器根据包括波束失败请求信息的信道和/或信号确定；
根据第一类CORESET确定与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；
根据第一类CORESET确定与无线链路检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET。
14.根据项目1所述的方法，还包括如下至少之一：
根据一个CORESET的m个准共址参考信号中的n个准共址参考信号获取n个参考信号，其中所述m个准共址参考信号都关联空间接收参数，其中所述m，n是大于或者等于1的正整数；
根据p个新参考信号获取一个CORESET的m个资源组中q个资源组对应的准共址参考信号，其中所述p，q是大于或者等于1的正整数；
一个CORESET的m个资源组中的z个资源组和参考信号之间满足准共址关系，其中z为小于或等于m的正整数；
其中所述参考信号包括如下至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号，新参考信号，无线链路检测参考信号，一个CORESET关联m资源组，每个资源组对应一个准共址参考信号集合。
15.根据项目13所述的方法，所述根据所述第一类CORESET确定根据新 参考信号确定准共址参考信号的下行信道或信号的情况下，包括：
一个频域带宽中不属于所述第一类CORESET的CORESET的准共址参考信号不根据所述新参考信号更新；和/或，
一个频域带宽中属于所述第一类CORESET的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号更新。
16.根据项目1所述的方法，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括如下至少之一：
在频域带宽的数量大于第一预定值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第二信息；
在配置了所述第二信息的频域带宽的数量大于第二预定值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第二信息；
在所述频域带宽组中第一类参考信号的总数量大于第三预定值的情况下，根据第一信息确定所述第二信息；
在预定时间段内，当所述频域带宽组中所述第一类参考信号的总数量大于第四预定值的情况下，根据所述第一信息确定所述第二信息；
其中，所述第一类参考信号包括如下至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号，无线链路检测参考信号，新参考信号。
17.根据项目1所述的方法，在所述第一信息包括信令信息和/或频域带宽组，所述第二信息包括波束失败恢复参数的情况下，
所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括如下至少之一：
第一时刻开始，第二频域带宽中的预定下行信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中所述第二参考信号和第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间有对应关系，其中，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于相同的所述频域带宽组；
第二时刻开始，第二频域带宽中的预定上行信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器根据所述第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取，其中，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于相同的所述频域带宽组；
第三时刻开始，所述频域带宽组中每个频域带宽中的预定下行信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中，所述第二参考信号和第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间有对应关系，所述频域带宽组中包括所述第一频域带宽；
第四时刻开始，所述频域带宽组中每个频域带宽中的预定上行信道和/或信 号的空间发送滤波器根据第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取，其中，所述频域带宽组中包括所述第一频域带宽；
第五时刻开始，第一频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取的情况下，第二频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中所述第二参考信号和所述第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间具有对应关系，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于同一个频域带宽组，第一频域带宽中的CORESET与第二频域带宽中的CORESET的CORESET索引相同；
根据信令信息确定，所述第一时刻开始，仅第一频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号获取，还是所述第一频域带宽所在的频域带宽组中，每个频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号都根据第二参考信号。
18.根据项目17所述的方法，所述预定下行信道包括如下信道中的至少之一：
第一类CORESET；
第一类CORESET中PDCCH调度的下行信道；
其中，所述第一类CORESET根据所述第一信息确定。
19.根据项目17所述的方法，包括如下至少之一：
所述新参考信号在所述第一频域带宽中；
所述第二参考信号在所述第二频域带宽中；
所述第二参考信号关联预定类型的准共址参考信号；
所述第二参考信号和所述预定下行信道和/或信号在相同的频域带宽中；
所述第二参考信号和所述新参考信号所在的传输配置指示状态TCI state索引差值固定；
所述第二参考信号和所述新参考信号所在资源的索引差值固定；
所述第二参考信号就是所述第一频域带宽中的新参考信号；
在所述第一频域带宽和所述预定下行信道和/或信号在相同的服务小区的情况下，所述第二参考信号就是所述第一频域带宽中的新参考信号。
20.根据项目1所述的方法，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括如下至少之一：
根据预定规则确定第一类所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽，其中预定规 则包括当RRC信令配置了所述频域带宽组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的频域带宽索引对应的频域带宽所在的频域带宽组，或包括所述频域带宽组；
根据预定规则确定第一类所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽，其中预定规则包括当RRC信令没有配置频域带宽组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的频域带宽索引对应的频域带宽；
根据预定规则确定激活或更新PUCCH空间关系信息的所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH，其中预定规则包括当RRC信令配置了PUCCH组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的PUCCH资源索引对应的PUCCH资源所在的PUCCH资源组，或所述PUCCH资源组；
根据预定规则确定激活或更新PUCCH空间关系信息的所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH，其中预定规则包括没有配置PUCCH组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的PUCCH资源索引对应的PUCCH资源；
根据信令信息确定所述第一类MAC-CE信令对应的是频域带宽还是频域带宽组；
根据信令信息确定所述第一类MAC-CE信令对应的是PUCCH资源还是PUCCH资源组；
根据MAC-CE信令激活或更新频域带宽组中每个频域频域带宽中的预定PUCCH资源组索引的PUCCH资源的空间关系信息；
其中所述第一类MAC-CE包括如下之一：激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的MAC-CE；激活或更新CORESET的TCI state ID的MAC-CE；激活或更新PUCCH空间关系的PUCCH；激活或更新PUCCH资源组的空间关系的PUCCH。
21.根据项目1-20任一项所述的方法，所述频域带宽组满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述频域带宽组的划分情况根据信令信息确定；
一个主小区组MCG中包括一个或者多个所述频域带宽组；
一个辅小区组SCG中包括一个或者多个所述频域带宽组；
所述频域带宽组共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；
所述频域带宽组中相同CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；
所述频域带宽组共享激活或更新PUCCH的空间关系信息的高层信令；
所述频域带宽组共享激活或更新PUCCH资源组的空间关系信息的高层信令；
所述频域带宽组包括一个服务小区中的BWP。
22.根据项目1所述的方法，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括：
第六时刻开始，CORESET组中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据与所述CORESET组对应的新参考信号获取，其中，每个新参考信号分别对应一个CORESET组，一个频域带宽的新参考信号上报信息中包括多于一个的新参考信号的指示信息，所述多于一个的新参考信号分别与一个所述CORESET组之间存在对应关系。
23.根据项目1所述的方法，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括：
根据波束失败检测参考信号集合获取如下至少之一：
根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的预定下行信道和/或信号；
根据新参考信号确定空间发送滤波器参数的上行信道或信号；
根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号确定空间发送滤波器参数的上行信道或信号。
24.根据项目23所述的方法，包括：
第七时刻开始，所述预定的下行信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号根据新参考信号更新；其中，所述预定下行信道包括第三类CORESET与第三类CORESET调度的PDSCH中的一种或多种；
在所述第七时刻之前，所述第三类CORESET和波束失败检测参考集合中的参考信号满足准共址关系，或所述波束失败检测参考信号根据所述CORESET的准共址参考信号获取。
25.根据项目17或22或24所述的方法，所述第一时刻，所述第二时刻，所述第三时刻，所述第四时刻，所述第五时刻，所示第六时刻，所述第七时刻中的一种或多种包括如下时刻之一：
发送第一频域带宽的波束失败请求信息之后的预定时刻；
收到第一频域带宽的波束失败请求信息的响应信息之后的预定时刻；
根据波束失败请求信息的发送方式确定的时刻。
26.根据项目1～25中的任一项所述的方法，所述CORESET组满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述CORESET组包括一个或者多个频域带宽中的CORESET；
所述CORESET组中的CORESET关联相同的标识号。
27.根据项目1～25的任一项所述的方法，所述搜索空间的时域参数包括如下至少之一：
所述搜索空间的周期；
所述搜索空间在一个时隙中的检测时机的数量；
所述搜索空间在一个周期中的检测时机的数量；
所述搜索空间的一个检测时机持续的时隙数量。
28.根据项目1～25中任一项所述的方法，所述波束失败恢复参数包括如下至少之一：
波束失败检测参考信号集合；候选参考信号集合；新参考信号；根据新参考信号获取准共址参考信号的下行信道和/或信号；根据新参考信号获取空间发送滤波参数的上行信道和/或信号；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号的空间发送滤波器，获取空间发送滤波器信息的上行信道或信号；波束失败检测计数器；波束失败请求信息发送次数计数器；波束失败检测计时器；波束失败恢复计时器；监听计时器；包括波束失败请求信息的信道或信号；包含监听波束失败响应信息的波束失败恢复控制信道资源；与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；一个频域带宽的波束失败恢复参数；包括波束失败请求信息的资源请求信息的SR对应的优先级；为波束失败恢复过程配置或确定的参数。
29.根据项目28所述的方法，所述上行信道包括PUCCH，其中所述PUCCH满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述PUCCH属于一个PUCCH组；
所述PUCCH关联预定CORESET组；
所述PUCCH包括属于不同PUCCH组中的PUCCH。
30.根据项目1～25中的任意一项所述的方法，所述CORESET集合满足如下特征中的至少之一：
相同CORESET集合中的CORESET关于预定准共址参数满足准共址关系；
相同CORESET集合中的CORESET关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号相同；
不同CORESET集合中的CORESET关于预定准共址参数不满足准共址关系；
不同CORESET集合中的CORESET关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号 不同。
31.根据项目1所述的方法，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括：
根据信令信息确定下行信道或信号的准共址参数的套数，其中所述信令信息中包括PDSCH的scheme信息，所述下行信道或信号和调度所述下行信道或信号的PDCCH之间的时间间隔小于预定值，当准共址参数的套数大于1的情况下，不同套准共址参数中包括同一类准共址参数；和/或
根据通信节点上报的能力信息确定可接收的PDSCH的scheme范围，其中，所述能力信息中包括同一时刻接收的信道或信号关联的空间接收参数的套数，其中所述通信节点包括接收所述PDSCH的通信节点。
32.根据项目1所述的方法，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括如下之一：
根据预定规则确定波束失败请求信息所在的信道或信号的优先级，其中波束失败请求信息对应的优先级是预定优先级；
根据信令信息确定波束失败请求信息所在的信道或信号的优先级。
33.根据项目32所述的方法，包括如下至少之一：
波束失败请求信息包括如下信息至少之一：新参考信息，至少一个频域带宽上发生了波束失败事件；
波束失败请求信息所在的信道包括PUCCH；
波束失败请求信息所在的信道包括SR-PUCCH；
波束失败请求信息所在的信道的优先级为第一优先级，其中存在两个优先级；
波束失败请求信息所在的信道的优先级为第二优先级，其中存在三个优先级。
34.一种对应关系的确定方法，包括：
根据信令信息和/或预定规则，确定第一对应关系；
所述第一对应关系包括如下至少之一：N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系；第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系；
其中，所述N、M是大于或者等于1的正整数，所述第三信息包括如下信息至少之一：CORESET组，频域带宽组。
35.根据项目34所述的方法，所述N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系，包括如下至少之一：
所述N个第三信息值对应N套波束失败恢复参数；
所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一套波束失败恢复参数。
36.根据项目34所述的方法，所述N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系，包括如下至少之一：
所述N个第三信息值对应一个波束失败检测参考信号；
所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一个候选参考信号集合；
所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一个新参考信号。
37.根据项目36所述的方法，所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值分别对应一个新参考信号的情况下，与第三信息值对应的新参考信号来自于与所述第三信息值对应的候选参考信号集合中。
38.根据项目34所述的方法，所述第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系包括如下至少之一：
第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组共享频域带宽组的划分信令；
第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组分别对应一个频域带宽组的划分信令；
第二类频域带宽组由第一类频域带宽组中包括预定CORESET索引的CORESET的频域带宽确定。
39.根据项目38所述的方法，所述第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组满足如下特征之一：
所述第一类频域带宽组共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令，所述第二类频域带宽组中相同CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；
所述第一类频域带宽组中具有第一CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令，所述第二类频域带宽组中具有第二CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；
所述第一类频域带宽组中具有第一PUCCH资源组索引的PUCCH资源共享激活或更新PUCCH的空间关系信息的高层信令，所述第二类频域带宽组中具有第二PUCCH资源组索引的PUCCH资源共享激活或更新PUCCH的空间关系信息的高层信令。
40.根据项目34-39任一项所述的方法，所述波束失败恢复参数包括如下参数中的至少之一：
波束失败检测参考信号集合；候选参考信号集合；新参考信号；根据新参考信号获取准共址参考信号的下行信道和/或信号；根据新参考信号获取空间发送滤波参数的上行信道和/或信号；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号的空间发送滤波器，获取空间发送滤波器信息的上行信道或信号；波束失败检测计数器；波束失败请求信息发送次数计数器；波束失败检测计时器；波束失败恢复计时器；监听计时器；包括波束失败请求信息的信道或信号；包含监听波束失败响应信息的波束失败恢复控制信道资源；与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；一个频域带宽的波束失败恢复参数；包括波束失败请求信息的资源请求信息的SR对应的优先级；为波束失败恢复过程配置或确定的参数。
41.一种信息的确定装置，包括：
信息确定模块，设置为根据第一信息确定第二信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括如下至少之一：搜索空间的时域参数、CORESET组、CORESET集合、CORESET的数量、频域带宽的数量、频域带宽组、PUCCH资源组、第一类波束失败恢复参数、信令信息、预定规则；
所述第二信息包括如下至少之一：第二类波束失败恢复参数、无线链路参考信号、MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽、MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH资源、下行信道或信号的准共址参数。
42.一种对应关系的确定装置，包括：
对应关系确定模块，设置为根据信令信息和/或预定规则，确定第一对应关系；
所述第一对应关系包括如下至少之一：N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系；第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系；
其中，所述N、M是大于或者等于1的正整数，所述第三信息包括如下信息至少之一：CORESET组，频域带宽组。
43.一种通信设备，包括：一个或多个处理器；存储器，用于存储一个或多个程序；当所述一个或多个程序被所述一个或多个处理器执行，使得所述一个或多个处理器实现如项目1-33任一项所述的方法，或者实现如项目34-40任一项所述的方法。
44.一种计算机存储介质，所述存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如项目1-33任一项所述的方法，或者实现如项目34-40任一项所述的方法。

Claims (32)

  1. 一种对应关系的确定方法，包括：
    根据信令信息和预定规则中的至少之一，确定第一对应关系；
    所述第一对应关系包括如下至少之一：N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系、第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系；
    其中，N和M均是大于或者等于1的正整数，所述第三信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：控制资源集合CORESET组、频域带宽组。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系，包括如下至少之一：
    所述N个第三信息值对应N套波束失败恢复参数；
    所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值对应一套波束失败恢复参数。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系，包括如下至少之一：
    所述N个第三信息值对应一个波束失败检测参考信号；
    所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值对应一个候选参考信号集合；
    所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值对应一个新参考信号。
  4. 根据项目权利要求3所述的方法，其中，在所述N个第三信息值中的每个第三信息值对应一个新参考信号的情况下，与所述第三信息值对应的新参考信号来自于与所述第三信息值对应的候选参考信号集合中。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系包括如下至少之一：
    所述第一类频域带宽组和所述第二类频域带宽组共享频域带宽组的划分信令；
    所述第一类频域带宽组和所述第二类频域带宽组分别对应一个频域带宽组的划分信令；
    所述第二类频域带宽组由所述第一类频域带宽组中包括预定CORESET索引的CORESET的频域带宽确定。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其中，所述第一类频域带宽组和所述第二类频域带宽组满足如下特征之一：
    所述第一类频域带宽组共享激活或更新物理下行共享信道PDSCH的传输配置指示状态标识TCI state ID的高层信令，所述第二类频域带宽组中相同 CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；
    所述第一类频域带宽组中具有第一CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令，所述第二类频域带宽组中具有第二CORESET索引的CORESET共享激活或更新PDSCH的TCI state ID的高层信令；
    所述第一类频域带宽组中具有第一物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源组索引的PUCCH资源共享激活或更新PUCCH的空间关系信息的高层信令，所述第二类频域带宽组中具有第二PUCCH资源组索引的PUCCH资源共享激活或更新PUCCH的空间关系信息的高层信令。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法，其中，所述波束失败恢复参数包括如下参数中的至少之一：
    波束失败检测参考信号集合；候选参考信号集合；新参考信号；根据新参考信号获取准共址参考信号的下行信道和信号中的至少之一；根据新参考信号获取空间发送滤波参数的上行信道和信号中的至少之一；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号的空间发送滤波器，获取空间发送滤波器信息的上行信道或信号；波束失败检测计数器；波束失败请求信息发送次数计数器；波束失败检测计时器；波束失败恢复计时器；监听计时器；包括波束失败请求信息的信道或信号；包含监听波束失败响应信息的波束失败恢复控制信道资源；与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；一个频域带宽的波束失败恢复参数；包括波束失败请求信息的资源请求信息的调度请求SR对应的优先级；为波束失败恢复过程配置或确定的参数。
  8. 一种信息的确定方法，包括：
    根据第一信息确定第二信息；
    其中，所述第一信息包括如下至少之一：搜索空间的时域参数、控制资源集合CORESET组、CORESET集合、CORESET的数量、频域带宽的数量、频域带宽组、物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源组、第一类波束失败恢复参数、信令信息、预定规则；
    所述第二信息包括如下至少之一：第二类波束失败恢复参数、无线链路参考信号、媒体接入控制-控制单元MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽、MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH资源、下行信道或信号的准共址参数。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其中，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括：
    根据所述第一信息确定第一类CORESET；
    根据所述第一类CORESET确定所述第二信息；
    其中，所述第一类CORESET中包括至多A个CORESET，或所述第一类CORESET中包括至多A个CORESET集合，A是大于或者等于1的正整数。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其中，所述根据第一信息确定第一类CORESET，包括如下之一：
    根据目标CORESET组中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET根据波束失败检测参考信号确定所述第一类CORESET；
    根据与新参考信号对应的CORESET获取所述第一类CORESET，其中，所述新参考信号与所述CORESET之间的对应关系是根据信令信息获取的；
    根据频域带宽是否为主频域带宽确定所述第一类CORESET。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其中，在根据所述目标CORESET组中的CORESET确定所述第一类CORESET的情况下，所述目标CORESET组根据如下信息中的至少之一确定：
    CORESET组索引；
    CORESET组中包括的CORESET关联的搜索空间的时域参数；
    CORESET组中包括的CORESET的数量；
    CORESET组中包括的CORESET集合的数量；
    CORESET组中包括的CORESET的索引。
  12. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其中，所述第二信息中包括参考信号集合，所述参考信号集合包括如下参考信号集合中的至少之一：
    波束失败检测参考信号集合；
    无线链路检测参考信号集合；
    新参考信号集合；
    其中，所述参考信号集合中包括至多A个参考信号，A是大于或者等于1的正整数。
  13. 根据权利要求9或12所述的方法，其中，A的值与如下信息中的至少之一之间有关联：
    CORESET组的数量；
    CORESET的数量；
    上报的能力信息；
    频域带宽组的数量；
    同步信号物理广播信道块SSB的最大个数。
  14. 根据权利要求9-11或13任一项所述的方法，其中，所述根据所述第一类CORESET确定所述第二信息，包括如下至少之一：
    根据所述第一类CORESET确定波束失败检测参考信号；
    根据所述第一类CORESET确定无线链路检测参考信号；
    根据所述第一类CORESET确定根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的下行信道或信号；
    根据所述第一类CORESET确定上行信道或信号，其中，所述上行信道或信号的空间发送滤波器根据新参考信号确定；
    根据所述第一类CORESET确定上行信道或信号，其中，所述上行信道或信号的空间发送滤波器根据包括波束失败请求信息的信道和信号中的至少之一确定；
    根据所述第一类CORESET确定与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；
    根据所述第一类CORESET确定与无线链路检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET。
  15. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，还包括如下至少之一：
    根据一个CORESET的m个准共址参考信号中的n个准共址参考信号获取n个参考信号，其中，所述m个准共址参考信号均关联空间接收参数，m和n均是大于或者等于1的正整数；
    根据p个新参考信号获取一个CORESET的m个资源组中q个资源组对应的准共址参考信号，其中，p、m和q均是大于或者等于1的正整数；
    一个CORESET的m个资源组中的z个资源组和参考信号之间满足准共址关系，其中，z为小于或等于m的正整数，m是大于或者等于1的正整数；
    其中，所述参考信号包括如下至少之一：波束失败检测参考信号、新参考信号、无线链路检测参考信号；其中，一个CORESET关联m个资源组、每个资源组对应一个准共址参考信号集合。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，还包括：
    根据第四信息确定所述n个准共址参考信号；
    其中，n等于1，所述第四信息包括如下至少之一：解调参考信号DMRS 端口组、频域资源组、时域资源组、搜索空间集合、传输配置指示状态TCI state。
  17. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其中，所述根据所述第一类CORESET确定根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的下行信道或信号，包括以下至少之一：
    一个频域带宽中不属于所述第一类CORESET的CORESET的准共址参考信号不根据所述新参考信号更新；
    一个频域带宽中属于所述第一类CORESET的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据所述新参考信号更新。
  18. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其中，在所述第一信息包括信令信息和频域带宽组中的至少之一，所述第二信息包括第二类波束失败恢复参数的情况下，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括如下至少之一：
    第一时刻开始，第二频域带宽中的预定下行信道和信号中的至少之一的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中，所述第二参考信号和第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间有对应关系，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于相同的频域带宽组；
    第二时刻开始，第二频域带宽中的预定上行信道和信号中的至少之一的空间发送滤波器根据所述第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取，其中，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于相同的频域带宽组；
    第三时刻开始，所述频域带宽组中每个频域带宽中的预定下行信道和信号中的至少之一的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中，所述第二参考信号和第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间有对应关系，所述频域带宽组中包括所述第一频域带宽；
    第四时刻开始，所述频域带宽组中每个频域带宽中的预定上行信道和信号中的至少之一的空间发送滤波器根据第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取，其中，所述频域带宽组中包括所述第一频域带宽；
    第五时刻开始，第一频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据第一频域带宽的新参考信号获取的情况下，第二频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据第二参考信号获取，其中，所述第二参考信号和所述第一频域带宽的新参考信号之间具有对应关系，所述第一频域带宽和所述第二频域带宽属于同一个频域带宽组，所述第一频域带宽中的CORESET与所述第二频域带宽中的CORESET的CORESET索引相同；
    根据信令信息确定，第一时刻开始，仅第一频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据新参考信号获取，还是所述第一频域带宽所在的频域带宽组 中，每个频域带宽中的CORESET的准共址参考信号均根据第二参考信号。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其中，所述预定下行信道包括如下信道中的至少之一：
    第一类CORESET；
    第一类CORESET中物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度的下行信道；
    其中，所述第一类CORESET根据所述第一信息确定。
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，满足如下至少之一：
    所述新参考信号在所述第一频域带宽中；
    所述第二参考信号在所述第二频域带宽中；
    所述第二参考信号关联预定类型的准共址参考信号；
    所述第二参考信号和所述预定下行信道和信号中的至少之一在相同的频域带宽中；
    所述第二参考信号和所述新参考信号所在的TCI state索引差值固定；
    所述第二参考信号和所述新参考信号所在资源的索引差值固定；
    所述第二参考信号是所述第一频域带宽中的新参考信号；
    在所述第一频域带宽和所述预定下行信道和信号中的至少之一在相同的服务小区的情况下，所述第二参考信号是所述第一频域带宽中的新参考信号。
  21. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其中，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括如下至少之一：
    根据预定规则确定第一类MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽，其中，所述预定规则包括在无线资源控制RRC信令配置了频域带宽组的情况下，所述第一类MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述第一类MAC-CE信令中携带的频域带宽索引对应的频域带宽所在的频域带宽组；
    根据预定规则确定第一类MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽，其中，所述预定规则包括在当RRC信令没有配置频域带宽组的情况下，所述第一类MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽包括所述第一类MAC-CE信令中携带的频域带宽索引对应的频域带宽；
    根据预定规则确定激活或更新PUCCH空间关系信息的MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH，其中，所述预定规则包括在RRC信令配置了PUCCH组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的PUCCH资源索引对应的PUCCH资源所在的PUCCH资源组；
    根据预定规则确定激活或更新PUCCH空间关系信息的MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH，其中，所述预定规则包括在没有配置PUCCH组的情况下，所述MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH包括所述MAC-CE信令中携带的PUCCH资源索引对应的PUCCH资源；
    根据MAC-CE信令激活或更新频域带宽组中每个频域频域带宽中的预定PUCCH资源组索引的PUCCH资源的空间关系信息；
    其中，所述第一类MAC-CE包括如下之一：激活或更新物理下行共享信道PDSCH的TCI state标识ID的MAC-CE、激活或更新CORESET的TCI state ID的MAC-CE；激活或更新PUCCH空间关系的PUCCH；激活或更新PUCCH资源组的空间关系的PUCCH。
  22. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其中，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括：
    第六时刻开始，CORESET组中的CORESET的准共址参考信号根据与所述CORESET组对应的新参考信号获取，其中，每个新参考信号对应一个CORESET组，一个频域带宽的新参考信号上报信息中包括多个新参考信号的指示信息，所述多个新参考信号分别与一个CORESET组之间存在对应关系。
  23. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其中，所述根据第一信息确定第二信息，包括：
    根据波束失败检测参考信号集合获取如下至少之一：
    根据新参考信号确定准共址参考信号的预定下行信道和信号中的至少之一；
    根据新参考信号确定空间发送滤波器参数的上行信道或信号；
    根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号确定空间发送滤波器参数的上行信道或信号。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，还包括：
    第七时刻开始，所述预定的下行信道和信号中的至少之一的准共址参考信号根据新参考信号更新，其中，所述预定下行信道包括第三类CORESET与第三类CORESET调度的PDSCH中的至少一种；
    在所述第七时刻之前，所述第三类CORESET和波束失败检测参考集合中的参考信号满足准共址关系，或所述波束失败检测参考信号根据所述CORESET的准共址参考信号获取。
  25. 根据权利要求18或22或24所述的方法，其中，所述第一时刻，所述第二时刻，所述第三时刻，所述第四时刻，所述第五时刻，所示第六时刻，和 所述第七时刻中的至少一种包括如下时刻之一：
    发送第一频域带宽的波束失败请求信息之后的预定时刻；
    收到第一频域带宽的波束失败请求信息的响应信息之后的预定时刻；
    根据波束失败请求信息的发送方式确定的时刻。
  26. 根据权利要求8-25任一项所述的方法，其中，所述CORESET组满足如下特征中的至少之一：
    所述CORESET组包括至少一个频域带宽中的CORESET；
    所述CORESET组中的CORESET关联相同的标识号。
  27. 根据权利要求8-25任一项所述的方法，其中，所述波束失败恢复参数包括如下至少之一：
    波束失败检测参考信号集合；候选参考信号集合；新参考信号；根据新参考信号获取准共址参考信号的下行信道和信号中的至少之一；根据新参考信号获取空间发送滤波参数的上行信道和信号中的至少之一；根据包含波束失败请求信息的信道或信号的空间发送滤波器，获取空间发送滤波器信息的上行信道或信号；波束失败检测计数器；波束失败请求信息发送次数计数器；波束失败检测计时器；波束失败恢复计时器；监听计时器；包括波束失败请求信息的信道或信号；包含监听波束失败响应信息的波束失败恢复控制信道资源；与波束失败检测参考信号满足准共址关系的CORESET；一个频域带宽的波束失败恢复参数；包括波束失败请求信息的资源请求信息的调度请求SR对应的优先级；为波束失败恢复过程配置或确定的参数。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其中，所述上行信道包括PUCCH，所述PUCCH满足如下特征中的至少之一：
    所述PUCCH属于一个PUCCH组；
    所述PUCCH关联预定CORESET组；
    所述PUCCH包括属于不同PUCCH组中的PUCCH。
  29. 一种对应关系的确定装置，包括：
    对应关系确定模块，设置为根据信令信息和预定规则中的至少之一，确定第一对应关系；
    所述第一对应关系包括如下至少之一：N个第三信息和M套波束失败恢复参数之间的对应关系、第一类频域带宽组和第二类频域带宽组之间的对应关系；
    其中，N和M均是大于或者等于1的正整数，所述第三信息包括如下信息 至少之一：控制资源集合CORESET组、频域带宽组。
  30. 一种信息的确定装置，包括：
    信息确定模块，设置为根据第一信息确定第二信息；
    其中，所述第一信息包括如下至少之一：搜索空间的时域参数、控制资源集合CORESET组、CORESET集合、CORESET的数量、频域带宽的数量、频域带宽组、物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源组、第一类波束失败恢复参数、信令信息、预定规则；
    所述第二信息包括如下至少之一：第二类波束失败恢复参数、无线链路参考信号、媒体接入控制-控制单元MAC-CE信令对应的频域带宽、MAC-CE信令对应的PUCCH资源、下行信道或信号的准共址参数。
  31. 一种通信设备，包括：
    至少一个处理器；
    存储器，设置为存储至少一个程序；
    当所述至少一个程序被所述至少一个处理器执行，使得所述至少一个处理器实现如权利要求1-7任一项所述的对应关系的确定方法，或者实现如权利要求8-28任一项所述的信息的确定方法。
  32. 一种计算机存储介质，存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-7任一项所述的对应关系的确定方法，或者实现如权利要求8-28任一项所述的信息的确定方法。
PCT/CN2020/127023 2019-11-07 2020-11-06 信息的确定方法及装置、对应关系的确定方法及装置、设备、介质 Ceased WO2021088963A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020227019048A KR102935030B1 (ko) 2019-11-07 2020-11-06 정보의 결정 방법 및 장치, 대응 관계의 결정 방법 및 장치, 기기, 매체
AU2020378138A AU2020378138B2 (en) 2019-11-07 2020-11-06 Method and apparatus for determining information, method and apparatus for determining corresponding relationship, device, and storage medium
US17/775,234 US12294546B2 (en) 2019-11-07 2020-11-06 Method and apparatus for determining information, method and apparatus for determining corresponding relationship, device, and storage medium
EP20883787.2A EP4057672A4 (en) 2019-11-07 2020-11-06 Method and apparatus for determining information, method and apparatus for determining corresponding relationship, device, and storage medium
US19/197,394 US20250260545A1 (en) 2019-11-07 2025-05-02 Method and apparatus for determining information, method and apparatus for determining corresponding relationship, device, and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201911083769.3A CN111093219B (zh) 2019-11-07 2019-11-07 信息的确定、对应关系的确定方法、装置、设备及介质
CN201911083769.3 2019-11-07

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/775,234 A-371-Of-International US12294546B2 (en) 2019-11-07 2020-11-06 Method and apparatus for determining information, method and apparatus for determining corresponding relationship, device, and storage medium
US19/197,394 Continuation US20250260545A1 (en) 2019-11-07 2025-05-02 Method and apparatus for determining information, method and apparatus for determining corresponding relationship, device, and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021088963A1 true WO2021088963A1 (zh) 2021-05-14

Family

ID=70393372

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/127023 Ceased WO2021088963A1 (zh) 2019-11-07 2020-11-06 信息的确定方法及装置、对应关系的确定方法及装置、设备、介质

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (2) US12294546B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP4057672A4 (zh)
KR (1) KR102935030B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN111093219B (zh)
AU (1) AU2020378138B2 (zh)
WO (1) WO2021088963A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12294546B2 (en) 2019-11-07 2025-05-06 Zte Corporation Method and apparatus for determining information, method and apparatus for determining corresponding relationship, device, and storage medium

Families Citing this family (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115580388A (zh) * 2020-02-25 2023-01-06 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
CN115699602B (zh) 2020-05-26 2025-02-14 高通股份有限公司 用于主蜂窝小区中的多传送/接收点的波束故障恢复
WO2021240051A1 (en) * 2020-05-27 2021-12-02 Nokia Technologies Oy M-trp beam failure indication
CN113766643B (zh) * 2020-06-02 2024-08-09 维沃移动通信有限公司 波束失败恢复方法、装置及设备
CN113825232B (zh) * 2020-06-19 2025-08-12 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 资源更新方法及装置
CN115699956A (zh) * 2020-06-23 2023-02-03 Lg 电子株式会社 无线通信系统中的上行链路发送和接收的方法和装置
WO2022027543A1 (zh) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-10 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及装置
WO2022047034A1 (en) * 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Cirik Ali Cagatay Radio link monitoring in control channel repetition
WO2022051940A1 (en) * 2020-09-09 2022-03-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Multiple component carrier simultaneous transmission control indicator state activation with multiple transmission and reception point transmission
CN114698110B (zh) * 2020-12-31 2026-02-17 维沃移动通信有限公司 资源映射方法、装置及设备
CN115039363B (zh) * 2021-01-05 2023-12-12 Lg电子株式会社 无线通信系统中的波束故障恢复方法及设备
JP7652801B2 (ja) * 2021-01-08 2025-03-27 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ 端末、無線通信方法、基地局及びシステム
CN115315974B (zh) * 2021-03-04 2025-09-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 波束恢复的方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质
CN117480840A (zh) * 2021-04-12 2024-01-30 株式会社Ntt都科摩 终端、无线通信方法以及基站
WO2023010394A1 (en) * 2021-08-05 2023-02-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Medium access control control element for update of spatial relation configuration
CN120786410A (zh) 2021-08-24 2025-10-14 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的方法和设备
CN113722489B (zh) * 2021-09-02 2023-10-31 珠海市新德汇信息技术有限公司 一种基于nlp算法的关系分析方法
US12464380B2 (en) * 2021-11-30 2025-11-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for beam failure recovery under a unified TCI framework
CN116939831A (zh) * 2022-04-08 2023-10-24 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
KR20240120146A (ko) * 2023-01-31 2024-08-07 삼성전자주식회사 네트워크 협력통신에서 빔 실패 회복 방법 및 장치

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019137184A1 (zh) * 2018-01-09 2019-07-18 夏普株式会社 用户设备以及波束故障恢复方法
CN110324069A (zh) * 2018-03-28 2019-10-11 维沃移动通信有限公司 波束失败处理方法、终端及网络设备
CN110351756A (zh) * 2018-04-04 2019-10-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 波束失败恢复方法、终端及网络设备
CN110798894A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2020-02-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信息确定、获取和传输方法、装置、设备和存储介质
CN111093219A (zh) * 2019-11-07 2020-05-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信息的确定、对应关系的确定方法、装置、设备及介质

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10631178B2 (en) * 2017-02-06 2020-04-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Control resource set group design for improved communications devices, systems, and networks
US10966183B2 (en) * 2018-01-12 2021-03-30 Apple Inc. Beam indication considering beam failure recovery in new radio
US10826758B2 (en) * 2018-02-14 2020-11-03 Asustek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus for control resource monitoring considering beam failure recovery in a wireless communication system
WO2019199143A1 (ko) * 2018-04-13 2019-10-17 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 단말의 데이터 신호 획득 방법 및 이를 지원하는 장치
US10841149B2 (en) * 2018-04-14 2020-11-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Beam failure recovery in connection with switching BWP
EP4550885A3 (en) * 2018-09-25 2025-07-23 Ofinno, LLC Beam configuration for secondary cells
CN119603668A (zh) * 2019-01-10 2025-03-11 交互数字专利控股公司 用于管理波束故障检测的用户设备和基站
US11425706B2 (en) * 2019-05-01 2022-08-23 Ofinno, Llc Dynamic transmission reception point group indication
US11211990B2 (en) * 2019-05-01 2021-12-28 Ofinno, Llc Beam failure recovery in multi-TRP scenarios
CA3095196A1 (en) * 2019-10-02 2021-04-02 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Transmission and reception point configuration for beam failure recovery
US11653231B2 (en) * 2019-11-01 2023-05-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Joint beam failure detection

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019137184A1 (zh) * 2018-01-09 2019-07-18 夏普株式会社 用户设备以及波束故障恢复方法
CN110324069A (zh) * 2018-03-28 2019-10-11 维沃移动通信有限公司 波束失败处理方法、终端及网络设备
CN110351756A (zh) * 2018-04-04 2019-10-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 波束失败恢复方法、终端及网络设备
CN110798894A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2020-02-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信息确定、获取和传输方法、装置、设备和存储介质
CN111093219A (zh) * 2019-11-07 2020-05-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信息的确定、对应关系的确定方法、装置、设备及介质

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4057672A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12294546B2 (en) 2019-11-07 2025-05-06 Zte Corporation Method and apparatus for determining information, method and apparatus for determining corresponding relationship, device, and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2020378138A1 (en) 2022-06-23
EP4057672A4 (en) 2024-06-26
KR20220098187A (ko) 2022-07-11
EP4057672A1 (en) 2022-09-14
US20230046074A1 (en) 2023-02-16
US20250260545A1 (en) 2025-08-14
CN111093219B (zh) 2025-09-23
KR102935030B1 (ko) 2026-03-09
US12294546B2 (en) 2025-05-06
AU2020378138B2 (en) 2024-02-01
CN111093219A (zh) 2020-05-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021088963A1 (zh) 信息的确定方法及装置、对应关系的确定方法及装置、设备、介质
US12267276B2 (en) Information indication method and apparatus and storage medium
CN111082912B (zh) 信息确定方法及装置、电子装置和存储介质
CN115336213B (zh) Harq-ack发送方法、用户设备和存储介质及harq-ack接收方法和基站
CN102368871B (zh) 一种pdcch资源的配置应用方法及装置
KR20250004168A (ko) 전송 방법, 장치, 통신 노드 및 매체
TW202116102A (zh) 資訊確定、獲取和傳輸方法、裝置、設備和儲存介質
CN103220070B (zh) 一种上行信号的发送方法及用户设备
KR20220092950A (ko) 업링크 취소 표시를 위한 방법 및 사용자 장비
US10602389B2 (en) Method for reporting channel state information of terminal in wireless communication system and device using the method
CN110474737A (zh) 参数确定的方法、监控方法、通信装置
US20190082436A1 (en) Uplink information transmission method, base station, and user equipment
JP6686030B2 (ja) 拡張キャリアアグリゲーションに関するチャネル状態情報
CN107306174B (zh) 一种用于载波聚合的载波调度的方法、设备和系统
CN106507494B (zh) 基于分组的m2m通信上行半静态调度方法
CN101668328B (zh) 随机接入方法、系统及演进网络基站
CN110505711B (zh) 处理调度请求的方法、设备、装置及介质
CN116076137A (zh) 发送上行链路信道的方法、用户设备、处理装置、存储介质和计算机程序及接收上行链路信道的方法和基站
CN116156634A (zh) 媒体接入控制控制元素的发送方法及装置、设备、介质
JP2023521676A (ja) 空間パラメータの決定方法及び装置
CN115866771B (zh) 载波调度的方法及装置
WO2022151620A1 (zh) 资源调度的方法和通信设备
US20250287376A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink signal, user equipment, processing device, storage medium, and method and base station for receiving uplink signal
WO2021088860A1 (zh) 功率确定方法、装置、设备和存储介质
CN116671205B (zh) 组播业务的搜索空间配置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20883787

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227019048

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020883787

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220607

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020378138

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20201106

Kind code of ref document: A

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 17775234

Country of ref document: US

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 202227032506

Country of ref document: IN